diff options
| author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2023-05-27 03:00:50 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2023-05-27 03:00:50 +0000 |
| commit | ae89135e23ed84909287c5d84a2c38c044789b51 (patch) | |
| tree | 95b05bd94ed8d8406242a7018fe1fd237dd518ce /macros/latex/contrib | |
| parent | 8057c647880f05a2624b3d04ab0eb38d5cbf8c18 (diff) | |
CTAN sync 202305270300
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib')
30 files changed, 1688 insertions, 1588 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/README b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/README index 0dba592c2d..4d1636aa59 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/README +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/README @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The covington package LaTeX macros for Linguistics -Copyright 1991--2021 Michael A. Covington +Copyright 1991--2023 Michael A. Covington Robin Fairbairns Juergen Spitzmueller @@ -31,10 +31,15 @@ The package consists of the following files: == CHANGES == +* Version 2.9 (2023-05-26): + - Add postamble and postamble* options to example and subexamples environment. + - Add \expreamble, \subexpreamble, \expostamble and \subexpostamble macros. + - Some documentation fixes. + * Version 2.8 (2022-08-30): - - Add Add ownfncounter and ownfncounter* options to allow for separate counting + - Add ownfncounter and ownfncounter* options to allow for separate counting of examples in footnotes. The starred option resets the counter at each footnote. - - Add preamble option to example environment. + - Add preamble option to example environment. * Version 2.7 (2021-09-01): - Add postamble gloss macro option for arbitrary text that is appended to the free diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.pdf Binary files differindex cf67af6da0..a802c03ff1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.sty index fd1921f182..5218249db1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.sty @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ %%% Metadata %%% -\def\filedate{2022/08/30} -\def\fileversion{2.8} +\def\filedate{2023/05/26} +\def\fileversion{2.9} \def\filename{covington.sty} % Force redefinition of environments? @@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ \newif\ifresetownfnexcounter\resetownfnexcounterfalse \@ifundefined{ProvidesPackage}{% -\typeout{* covington.sty : Covington's linguistic macros, \fileversion\ \filedate *} +\typeout{* covington.sty -- Macros for Linguistics, \fileversion\ \filedate *} }{% \ProvidesPackage{covington} - [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Covington's linguistic macros] + [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space Macros for Linguistics] \DeclareOption{force}{\forceredeftrue} \DeclareOption{keeplayout}{\tweaklayoutfalse} \DeclareOption{noglossbreaks}{\noglossbreakstrue} @@ -222,12 +222,23 @@ % 2022-08-20 (v. 2.8): optional preceding example text \define@key{cov@ex}{preamble}{\def\cov@xp{#1}} \newcommand*\expreamblefs{\normalfont} +\newcommand\expreamble[1]{\bgroup\expreamblefs#1\egroup\par} + +\newif\if@cov@expst@star\@cov@expst@starfalse +\define@key{cov@ex}{postamble}{\def\cov@xpst{#1}\@cov@expst@starfalse} +\define@key{cov@ex}{postamble*}{\def\cov@xpst{#1}\@cov@expst@startrue} +% 2023.05.26 (v. 2.9): optional trailung subexample text +\newcommand*\expostamblefs{\normalfont} +\newcommand*\expostamble[1]{\bgroup\expostamblefs#1\egroup} \newenvironment{covexample}[1][]{% \ifx#1\empty\else\setkeys{cov@ex}{#1}\fi% \begin{covexamples} - \item\@ifundefined{cov@xp}{}{\bgroup\expreamblefs\cov@xp\egroup\par}% insert preamble if given -}{\end{covexamples}} + \item\@ifundefined{cov@xp}{}{\expreamble{\cov@xp}}% insert preamble if given +}{% + \@ifundefined{cov@xpst}{}{\if@cov@expst@star\unskip\fi\expostamble{\cov@xpst}}% + \end{covexamples}% +} \@ifundefined{example}{% \newenvironment{example}[1][]{\begin{covexample}[#1]}{\end{covexample}} @@ -353,6 +364,12 @@ % 2019-06-21 (v. 2.3): optional preceding subexample text \define@key{cov@subex}{preamble}{\def\cov@sxp{#1}} \newcommand*\subexpreamblefs{\normalfont} +\newcommand\subexpreamble[1]{\bgroup\subexpreamblefs#1\egroup\par} + +% 2023.05.26 (v. 2.9): optional trailung subexample text +\define@key{cov@subex}{postamble}{\def\cov@sxpst{#1}} +\newcommand*\subexpostamblefs{\normalfont} +\newcommand*\subexpostamble[1]{\bgroup\expostamblefs#1\egroup} \newenvironment{covsubexamples}[1][]% % define "subexamples" environment {% @@ -370,6 +387,8 @@ {% \let\cov@sxp\relax \end{enumerate} + \@ifundefined{cov@sxpst}{}{\subexpostamble{\cov@sxpst}}% insert postamble if given + \let\cov@sxpst\relax \end{covexample} } diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.tex index 585d38ff47..5dbc41c275 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/covington/covington.tex @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ % % Titling % -\def\pversion{Version 2.8} -\def\pdate{August 30, 2022} +\def\pversion{Version 2.9} +\def\pdate{May 26, 2023} \title{\textbf{The \cvt\ Package\\\Large Macros for Linguistics}} \author{Michael A. Covington \and J\"urgen Spitzm\"uller\thanks{Current maintainer. @@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ The package has the following options: \item{\joption{ownfncounter}:} Use a separate counter for numbered examples in footnotes. By default, \cvt\ numbers examples in footnotes in sequence with the numbering used in the main text. With this option, - examples in footnotes get a different numbering. This uses by default roman numbering (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno} on how - to change this) and is incremented throughout the whole footnote apparatus. + examples in footnotes get a different numbering. This uses by default lowercase Roman numbering (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno} + on how to change this) and is incremented throughout the whole footnote apparatus. \item{\joption{ownfncounter*}:} Same as \joption{ownfncounter}, except that this variant resets the counter at each footnote (similar to \textsf{linguex} and \textsf{gb4e}). @@ -280,16 +280,26 @@ This is a sentence.\label{expl} \end{example} The example can be of any length; it can consist of many lines (separated by \verb"\\"), or even whole paragraphs. -The \jenv{example} environment provides the following option: +The \jenv{example} environment provides the following options: \begin{description} \item[\joption{preamble=\{\jparam{arbitrary text}\}}] Arbitrary text that is inserted on an own line - after the example number (preceding the actual example text). This might be useful, for instance, - to give context information, to specify the language or the source in case of cited examples. - The advantage over just adding a line manually in the example is that you can globally set the markup - (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + after the example number (preceding the actual example text). This might be useful, for instance, + to give context information, to specify the language or the source in case of cited examples. + The advantage over just adding a line manually in the example is that you can globally set the markup + (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + \item[\joption{postamble=\{\jparam{arbitrary text}\}}] Arbitrary text that is appended to example (on the + same line after a space). + This might be useful to add a reference or an explanation to the translation. + The advantage over just adding text manually in the example is that this uses its own markup + (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + \item[\joption{postamble*=\{\jparam{arbitrary text}\}}] A variant of \joption{postamble} that does not add + a space. This might be preferred if you want to add a footnote. + Note that \joption{postamble} and \joption{postamble*} are mutually exclusive. \end{description} % +If you want the postamble text be on a line of its own, simply add a line break (i.\,e., \verb|postamble={\\Text}|). + If you need more space between the example number and the text, you can increase it by means of the length \jcsmacro{examplenumbersep} (which is preset to \texttt{0pt}). Doing \lstinline|\setlength\examplenumbersep{1em}|, for instance, will increase the space by 1\,em (negative values will decrease the space accordingly). @@ -327,10 +337,10 @@ convenient for this task. \subsection[The \texttt{examples} environment]{The \jenv{examples} environment}\label{sec:exs} -To display a series of examples together, each with its own example -number, use \jenv{examples} (or \jenv{covexamples}) instead of \jenv{example} or \jenv{covexample}. -The only drawback is that there is no \joption{preamble} option. On the other hand, there can be more -than one example with this environment, and each of them has to be introduced by \jfcsmacro{item}, like this: +To display a series of examples together, each with its own example number, use \jenv{examples} +(or \jenv{covexamples}) instead of \jenv{example} or \jenv{covexample}. +There can be more than one example with this environment, and each of them has to be introduced +by \jfcsmacro{item}, like this: \begin{lstlisting} \begin{examples} \item This is the first sentence. @@ -350,6 +360,61 @@ This prints as: \item This is the second sentence. \end{examples} % +To add additional text to specific items (analogous to the \joption{preamble} option of the \jenv{example} environment), +you can use the \jcsmacro{expreamble} macro, like this: +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={expreamble}] +\begin{examples} +\item \expreamble{Here is Jakobson's famous poetic example:} + I like Ike +\item \expreamble{Here is the less poetic variant:} + I am in favor of Mr. Eisenhover +\end{examples} +\end{lstlisting} +% +which prints: +\begin{examples} + \item \expreamble{Here is Jakobson's famous poetic example:} + I like Ike + \item \expreamble{Here is the less poetic variant:} + I am in favor of Mr. Eisenhover +\end{examples} +% +Again, the advantage over just adding a line manually in the example is that you can globally set the markup +(see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + +Along the same line, trailing text (analogous to the \joption{postamble} option of the \jenv{example} environment) +can be added to specific items via the \jcsmacro{expostamble} macro, like this: +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={expostamble}] +\begin{examples} +\item I like Ike \expostamble{(Jakobson 1960: 357)} +\item I am in favor of Mr. Eisenhover\expostamble{\footnote{He actually didn't.}} +\end{examples} +\end{lstlisting} +% +which results in: +\begin{examples} + \item I like Ike \expostamble{(Jakobson 1960: 357)} + \item I am in favor of Mr. Eisenhover\expostamble{\footnote{He actually didn't.}} +\end{examples} +% +The advantage over just adding text as is in the example is that this has its own, globally settable markup, +which is particularly relevant if you globally set examples to be italicized (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + +Like in any other \LaTeX\ list, the numbering can be freely set via the optional argument of \jfcsmacro{item}. +For a somewhat practical example, consider +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={covexnumber,exampleno}] +\begin{examples} +\item A proposition. +\item[\covexnumber{\exampleno*'}] An alternative proposition. +\end{examples} +\end{lstlisting} +% +which results in: +\begin{examples} + \item A proposition. + \item[\covexnumber{\exampleno*'}] An alternative proposition. +\end{examples} +% As for \jenv{example}, \cvt\ checks if there is already an \jenv{examples} environment defined, and if this is the case, \cvt\ does not define its own one. The alias environment \jenv{covexamples} is always available as a fallback. If you use the package option \joption{force}, \cvt\ will override @@ -390,48 +455,87 @@ is always available as a fallback. If you use the package option \joption{force} existing \jenv{subexamples} environments. The package will issue a warning if \jenv{subexamples} is already defined. \medskip -\noindent The \jenv{subexamples} environment provides the following option: +\noindent The \jenv{subexamples} environment provides the following options: \begin{description} \item[\joption{preamble=\{\jparam{arbitrary text}\}}] Arbitrary text that is inserted in the first line - (after the main number and before the first sub-example, which then follows in a new line). - This might be useful, for instance, to give context information, to specify the language or the source - in case of cited sub-examples. You can globally set the markup of this preamble text (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + (after the main number and before the first sub-example, which then follows in a new line). + This might be useful, for instance, to give context information, to specify the language or the source + in case of cited sub-examples. You can globally set the markup of this preamble text (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + \item[\joption{postamble=\{\jparam{arbitrary text}\}}] Arbitrary text that is appended after all sub-examples (on a + new line). This might be useful to add a reference or an explanation to the set. + The advantage over just adding text manually in the example is that this uses its own markup + (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). \end{description} % For instance, \begin{lstlisting} -\begin{subexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences}] +\begin{subexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences},postamble={(Doe 1974: 12)}] \item This is the first sentence. \item This is the second sentence. \end{subexamples} \end{lstlisting} or, respectively: \begin{lstlisting} -\begin{covsubexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences}] +\begin{covsubexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences},postamble={(Doe 1974: 12)}] \item This is the first sentence. \item This is the second sentence. \end{covsubexamples} \end{lstlisting} prints as: -\begin{subexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences}] +\begin{subexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences},postamble={(Doe 1974: 12)}] \item This is the first sentence. \item This is the second sentence. \end{subexamples} % +To add additional text to specific subitems, you can use the \jcsmacro{subexpreamble} macro, which uses the +same markup than the \joption{preamble} option, like this: +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={subexpreamble}] +\begin{covsubexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences}] +\item This is the first sentence. +\item \subexpreamble{Note particular this one} + This is the second sentence. +\end{covsubexamples} +\end{lstlisting} +% +which prints: +\begin{covsubexamples}[preamble={Here are two sentences}] + \item This is the first sentence. + \item \subexpreamble{Note particular this one} + This is the second sentence. +\end{covsubexamples} +% +Along the same line, trailing text (analogous to the \joption{postamble} option) +can be added to specific subitems via the \jcsmacro{subexpostamble} macro, like this: +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={subexpostamble}] +\begin{subexamples} +\item This is the first sentence. \subexpostamble{(Miller 2022: 15)} +\item This is the second sentence.\subexpostamble{\footnote{My own.}} +\end{subexamples} +\end{lstlisting} +% +which results in: +\begin{subexamples} + \item This is the first sentence. \subexpostamble{(Miller 2022: 15)} + \item This is the second sentence.\subexpostamble{\footnote{My own.}} +\end{subexamples} +% +Again, the advantage over just adding text as is is that this has its own, globally settable markup, +which is particularly relevant if you globally set examples to be italicized (see sec.~\ref{sec:custno}). + The distance between example number and subnumber (letter) can be changed via the length \jcsmacro{examplenumbersep} (which is preset to \texttt{0pt}). The distance between example subnumber and text can be changed via the length \jcsmacro{subexamplenumbersep} (preset to \texttt{0pt} as well). In both cases, a positive value will increase, a negative value will decrease the respective distance. Doing \begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={setlength,examplenumbersep,subexamplenumbersep}] -\setlength{\examplenumbersep}{-0.5em} -\setlength{\subexamplenumbersep}{0.5em} +\setlength{\examplenumbersep}{-0.4em} +\setlength{\subexamplenumbersep}{0.4em} \end{lstlisting} for instance, will come out like this: \bgroup -\setlength{\examplenumbersep}{-0.5em} -\setlength{\subexamplenumbersep}{0.5em} +\setlength{\examplenumbersep}{-0.4em} +\setlength{\subexamplenumbersep}{0.4em} \begin{subexamples} \item This is the first sentence. @@ -454,8 +558,8 @@ You can change the display of the example number by redefining (via \jfcsmacro{r with the variable \texttt{\#1} representing the number. If you use \joption{ownfncounter}, example numbers in footnote use this macro as well. If you want a different display, you can redefine -\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={covexfnnumber}] -\newcommand*\covexfnnumber[1]{\covennumber{#1}} +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={covexnumberfn,covexnumber}] +\newcommand*\covexnumberfn[1]{\covexnumber{#1}} \end{lstlisting} % In the same vein, you can customize the display of the subexample letter by redefining @@ -479,20 +583,25 @@ Note that this does, deliberately, not include the numbers, since those are cont \jcsmacro{covexamplenofs}, which defaults to \jfcsmacro{normalfont}. Of course you are free to redefine this as well, if you wish do to so. -Finally, you can customize the markup of the example and sub-example preamble text by redefining the macro +Furthermore, you can customize the markup of the example and sub-example preamble text (supplied via the \joption{preamble} +option or the \jcsmacro{expreamble} or \jcsmacro{subexpreamble} macro) by redefining the macro \jcsmacro{expreamblefs} or \jcsmacro{subexpreamblefs}, which also both default to \jfcsmacro{normalfont}. To have them italicized, analogously do: -\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={\subexpreamblefs}] -\renewcommand*{\subexpreamblefs}{\itshape} +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={expreamblefs}] +\renewcommand*{\expreamblefs}{\itshape} \end{lstlisting} or -\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={\expreamblefs}] -\renewcommand*{\expreamblefs}{\itshape} +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={subexpreamblefs}] +\renewcommand*{\subexpreamblefs}{\itshape} \end{lstlisting} % -The separate footnote example number with \joption{ownfncounter} uses roman numbering by default. +Likewise, you can customize the markup of the example and sub-example postamble text (supplied via the +\joption{postamble[*]} option or the \jcsmacro{expostamble} or \jcsmacro{subexpostamble} macro) by redefining the macro +\jcsmacro{expostamblefs} or \jcsmacro{subexpostamblefs}, which also both default to \jfcsmacro{normalfont}. + +The separate footnote example number with \joption{ownfncounter} uses lowercase Roman numbering by default. This can be changed by redefining -\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={\thecovfnex}] +\begin{lstlisting}[moretexcs={thecovfnex}] \renewcommand{\thecovfnex}{\roman{covfnex}} \end{lstlisting} @@ -588,7 +697,7 @@ Note that: \begin{description} \item[\joption{ex=\jparam{true|false}}] Default: \emph{false}. Wraps the gloss in an example environment - (i.\,e., it is numberered). + (i.\,e., it is numbered). \item[\joption{tlr=\jparam{true|false}}] Default: \emph{false}. If set to true, the translation line (content of the \jparam{free translation} argument) is set right to the gloss lines, rather than into a new line below. Since the gloss itself is set in a box, this means the \jparam{free translation} will appear lined up with the @@ -1165,6 +1274,15 @@ it. \section{Release history} +\subsection*{2.9 (2023 May 26)} +\begin{itemize} + \item Add \joption{postamble} and \joption{postamble*} options to \jenv{example} and \jenv{subexamples} environment + (sec.~\ref{sec:exs} and \ref{sec:subexs}). + \item Add \jcsmacro{expreamble}, \jcsmacro{subexpreamble}, \jcsmacro{expostamble} and \jcsmacro{subexpostamble} + macros (sec.~\ref{sec:exs} and \ref{sec:subexs}). + \item Some documentation fixes. +\end{itemize} + \subsection*{2.8 (2022 August 30)} \begin{itemize} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt index dc719fbcf5..f471e51084 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt @@ -1,3 +1,11 @@ +2023-05-16 Ulrike Fischer + * remove puenc-greekbasic.def and load definitions from greek-fontenc instead. + * xr-hyper: unified and simplified the brace handling: all defined references have now + five brace groups. Together with the planed change in LaTeX 2023-06-01 this + will improve the combination of hyperref/non-hyperref documents and allow to merge with xr + * xr-hyper: changed default extension from dvi to pdf + * nameref: adapt label (re)definition to changes in LaTeX 2023-06-01 + 2023-04-22 Ulrike Fischer * fix cleveref/ntheorem incompability https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/683581/2388 * add nopatch option for \@thm diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md index ca1e336ae6..a020d71328 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/README.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # README for hyperref bundle -Version 2023-04-22 v7.00x +Version 2023-05-16 v7.00y ## INTRODUCTION diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf Binary files differindex 0f907044c5..ed0fa58e7b 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/backref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css index 328505fcb2..a135ec3c7e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.css @@ -318,4 +318,3 @@ span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-2{padding-left:.15em;} span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.35ex;text-decoration:none;} /* end css.sty */ - diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html index 69ea41dee6..1d029c9ed6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.html @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="ec-lmr-12">2023-04-20 v7.00w</span></div> +class="ec-lmr-12">2023-05-16 v7.00y</span></div> </div> <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3> @@ -876,7 +876,8 @@ class="description"> <!--l. 511--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 513--><p class="noindent" >hyperref patches <span + <!--l. 513--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>patches <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@sect</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@ssect</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@chapter</span>, <span @@ -917,11 +918,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>documentation about a way class="ec-lmbx-10">footnotes</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 535--><p class="noindent" >To enable (partly) the linking of footnotes hyperref redefines or patches various commands, in part + <!--l. 535--><p class="noindent" >To enable (partly) the linking of footnotes <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>redefines or patches various commands, in part package dependant. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines <span + <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>redefines <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@xfootnotenext</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@xfootnotemark</span>, <span @@ -949,7 +952,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@footnote</span>. Be <span class="ec-lmbx-10">amsmath tags</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines two internal commands of amsmath related the <span + <!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>redefines two internal commands of amsmath related the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tag </span>command to add an anchor. This code can be suppressed by defining <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag</span>. (This normally makes @@ -960,7 +964,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag</span>. (This normally makes <span class="ec-lmbx-10">counters</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 551--><p class="noindent" >hyperref patches the kernel command <span + <!--l. 551--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>patches the kernel command <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@definecounter</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@newctr</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>and @@ -976,7 +981,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@counter</span>. (This normally makes no sense <span class="ec-lmbx-10">math environments</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" >hyperref patches <span + <!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>patches <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equation</span>/<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\endequation</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eqnarray</span>, <span @@ -988,7 +994,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@mathenv</span>. <span class="ec-lmbx-10">table of contents</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines <span + <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>redefines <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\contentsline </span>to be able to add links to toc entries. It redefines <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span> to create the bookmarks and pass the destination names to the toc entries. This code can be @@ -999,7 +1006,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@toc</span>. <span class="ec-lmbx-10">captions</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 567--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines <span + <!--l. 567--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>redefines <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@caption </span>to insert targets for links. This code can be suppressed by defining <span @@ -1013,15 +1021,38 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">caption </span>package) side-effects must be carefully <span class="ec-lmbx-10">longtable</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 572--><p class="noindent" >hyperref redefines <span + <!--l. 572--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>redefines <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LT@start </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LT@array </span>to move the targets in a better place. This code can be suppressed by defining <span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@longtable</span></dd></dl> -<!--l. 576--><p class="noindent" > +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@longtable</span> + </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">theorems</span> </dt><dd +class="description"> + <!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>patches <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@thm</span>. This code can be suppressed by defining <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@thm</span> + </dd><dt class="description"> + <!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" > +<span +class="ec-lmbx-10">citations and bibliography</span> </dt><dd +class="description"> + <!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" >If <span +class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>is not loaded <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>redefines <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bibcite</span>, <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@lbibitem </span>and <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@bibitem</span>. These redefinitions + can be suppressed by defining <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@nopatch@bib</span>.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 581--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a id="x1-120005"></a>Package options</h3> -<!--l. 578--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span +<!--l. 583--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>are set using a single ‘key=value’ scheme (using the <span class="ec-lmss-10">keyval</span> package) with the key <span @@ -1032,12 +1063,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>macro. When the package is loaded, a file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>is read if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a site-wide basis. -<!--l. 586--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span +<!--l. 591--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode</span>) can only be used as package options, and not in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> as the option settings are processed as the package is read. The following tabular lists (hopefully all) these options. Be aware that some of the option do nothing or -have changed behaviour if the new pdfmanagement and so the new generic hyperref driver is +have changed behaviour if the new pdfmanagement and so the new generic <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>driver is used. @@ -1049,13 +1081,13 @@ id="TBL-2-2"></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">option </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >remark </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >remark </td> </tr><tr class="hline"><td><hr></td><td><hr></td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">all driver options, e.g. pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" >often +class="td11"> <!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >often not needed, as @@ -1069,7 +1101,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfa </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 596--><p class="noindent" >no-op +class="td11"> <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >no-op with new pdfmanagement, @@ -1083,7 +1115,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\DeclareDocumentMetadata</span>. </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >is +class="td11"> <!--l. 602--><p class="noindent" >is the default now @@ -1092,7 +1124,7 @@ class="td11"> <!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >is style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfversion </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >no-op +class="td11"> <!--l. 603--><p class="noindent" >no-op with new pdfmanagement, @@ -1106,7 +1138,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\DeclareDocumentMetadata</span>. </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >this +class="td11"> <!--l. 604--><p class="noindent" >this will probably change @@ -1117,50 +1149,50 @@ class="td11"> <!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >this style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr +class="td11"> <!--l. 606--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td> <td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 602--><p class="noindent" ></td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" ></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 603--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr +class="td11"> <!--l. 608--><p class="noindent" > </td></tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfusetitle </span></td> <td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 604--><p class="noindent" ></td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" ></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 605--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 610--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 606--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 611--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 612--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 608--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" > </td> +class="td11"> <!--l. 614--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 614--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1179,7 +1211,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 610--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 615--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1198,7 +1230,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> </td> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 611--><p class="noindent" >only +class="td11"> <!--l. 616--><p class="noindent" >only with the new @@ -1227,10 +1259,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span> class="td11"> </td> </tr></table> </div> -<!--l. 616--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by: +<!--l. 621--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 619--><p class="noindent" >a site-wide <span + <!--l. 624--><p class="noindent" >a site-wide <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding backreferencing, and setting a PDF display default: @@ -1240,20 +1272,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding bac pdfpagemode=FullScreen, colorlinks=true} </pre> - <!--l. 626--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 631--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 628--><p class="noindent" >A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span + <!--l. 633--><p class="noindent" >A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8"> \documentclass[dvips]{article} </pre> - <!--l. 633--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 638--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 635--><p class="noindent" >File-specific options in the <span + <!--l. 640--><p class="noindent" >File-specific options in the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>commands, which override the ones set in <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>: @@ -1263,8 +1295,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>: \usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref} \hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}} </pre> - <!--l. 641--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 644--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the + <!--l. 646--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 649--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the package is loaded. Otherwise LaTeX expands the values of these options prematurely. Also LaTeX strips spaces in options. Especially option ‘pdfborder’ requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if given as package option. They are not necessary in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1275,21 +1307,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>. \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref} \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0} </pre> -<!--l. 654--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 656--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 659--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 661--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>, only in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[...]{hyperref}</span></span></span>, before first use, etc. -<!--l. 660--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value +<!--l. 665--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value true if used. These are the ones classed as ‘boolean’. The values true and false can always be specified, however. -<!--l. 665--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 670--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a id="x1-130005.1"></a>General options</h4> -<!--l. 667--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. -<!--l. 670--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 672--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size. +<!--l. 675--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-13001r1"></a> <!--l. 671--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable" + id="x1-13001r1"></a> <!--l. 676--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col id="TBL-3-1"><col @@ -1366,37 +1398,37 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 680--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a id="x1-140005.2"></a>Options for destination names</h4> -<!--l. 682--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a +<!--l. 687--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a page in the document. They are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks, for example. -<!--l. 687--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span +<!--l. 692--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is called. Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are used to construct the destination name. By default the counter value follows the counter name separated by a dot. Example for the fourth chapter: <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 693--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.4</span></span></span></blockquote> -<!--l. 695--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by: +<!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 697--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 702--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">\autoref</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 697--><p class="noindent" >displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name. + <!--l. 702--><p class="noindent" >displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 699--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 704--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">\hyperpage</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 699--><p class="noindent" >is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 704--><p class="noindent" >is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>) must not be turned off.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 704--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share +<!--l. 709--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share the same name. The counter value <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\the<counter> </span>is not always unique for the counter. For example, table and figures can be numbered inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their @@ -1412,7 +1444,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">table.2.4 </span>is unique because it has used <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theHtable </span>that gives <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">2.4</span></span></span> in this case. -<!--l. 717--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span +<!--l. 722--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. Defaults for standard cases (chapter, …) are provided. And after <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define <span @@ -1423,7 +1455,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin </span>of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">amsmath </span>are used. -<!--l. 723--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of +<!--l. 728--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. If option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span>is disabled, then a unique artificial number is used instead of @@ -1432,11 +1464,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span>the page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage </span>for index links is affected and might not work properly. -<!--l. 731--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span +<!--l. 736--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span>is used, then the dummy counter name <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">section* </span>and an artificial unique number is used. -<!--l. 736--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, +<!--l. 741--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash, because both documents might contain <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.1 </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">page.1</span>. Also <span @@ -1454,12 +1486,12 @@ to all destination names: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11"> \renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1} </pre> - <!--l. 749--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >In document <span + <!--l. 754--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >In document <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA </span>the destination name <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.2 </span>becomes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA-chapter.2</span>. -<!--l. 754--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or +<!--l. 759--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or changed them), for example: <blockquote class="quote"> @@ -1467,8 +1499,8 @@ changed them), for example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12"> http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4 </pre> - <!--l. 759--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is + <!--l. 764--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 766--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is very difficult to pass a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that is usually deep hidden in the internals. The first name of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>after the anchor setting seems a good @@ -1480,8 +1512,8 @@ approximation:   \section{Introduction}   \label{intro} </pre> - <!--l. 770--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 772--><p class="noindent" >Option <span + <!--l. 775--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 777--><p class="noindent" >Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>checks for each <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>, if there is a new destination name active and replaces the destination name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use because of the @@ -1503,8 +1535,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">all </span>destination names:   \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}% } </pre> - <!--l. 787--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span + <!--l. 792--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 794--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>is more complicate, because <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace </span>needs the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an @@ -1528,12 +1560,12 @@ Lua<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>): } \makeatother </pre> - <!--l. 807--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 810--><p class="indent" > With option <span + <!--l. 812--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 815--><p class="indent" > With option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>destinations can also named manually, if the destination is not yet renamed: <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestRename{</span></span></span><span class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmvtto-10">destination</span><span @@ -1543,11 +1575,11 @@ class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmvtto-10">newname</span><span class="lmsy-10">⟩</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span></blockquote> -<!--l. 816--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span +<!--l. 821--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span>. -<!--l. 819--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 824--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-14001r2"></a> <!--l. 820--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable" + id="x1-14001r2"></a> <!--l. 825--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col id="TBL-4-1"><col @@ -1618,12 +1650,12 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-11-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3 </span> <a id="x1-150005.3"></a>Configuration options</h4> -<!--l. 830--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 835--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-15001r3"></a> <!--l. 831--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable" + id="x1-15001r3"></a> <!--l. 836--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col id="TBL-5-1"><col @@ -1638,7 +1670,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 831--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally + <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained text; this options forces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands to reflect the @@ -1651,7 +1683,8 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">both </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, + <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >This option is in <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn’t do anything sensible—it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package checks the state of the boolean. </td> @@ -1665,7 +1698,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor + <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this is turned off, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span> will not contain valid hyperlinks. </td> @@ -1677,7 +1710,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-4" class="td11"> - <!--l. 839--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td> + <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1" class="td11"> </td> @@ -1694,35 +1727,35 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-4" class="td11"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks</span></span></span>: The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features. It can be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links. However, at any case, the link area will be wrong and displaced. -<!--l. 847--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 852--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4 </span> <a id="x1-160005.4"></a>Backend drivers</h4> -<!--l. 849--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order: +<!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order: <ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16002x1"> - <!--l. 852--><p class="noindent" >Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX, + <!--l. 857--><p class="noindent" >Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX, VTeX). </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16004x2"> - <!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" >Option <span + <!--l. 859--><p class="noindent" >Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If this option is set, its value is taken as driver option. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16006x3"> - <!--l. 856--><p class="noindent" >Macro <span + <!--l. 861--><p class="noindent" >Macro <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver</span>. The macro takes a driver file name (without file extension). </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-16008x4"> - <!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" >Package default is <span + <!--l. 863--><p class="noindent" >Package default is <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex</span>.</li></ol> -<!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span +<!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex.cfg </span>that define <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy@defaultdriver </span>with <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hdvips</span>. This @@ -1730,9 +1763,9 @@ is recommended because driver <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>provides much more features than <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>for PDF generation. -<!--l. 865--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 870--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-16009r4"></a> <!--l. 866--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable" + id="x1-16009r4"></a> <!--l. 871--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col id="TBL-6-1"><col @@ -1742,18 +1775,18 @@ id="TBL-6-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 866--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td> + <!--l. 871--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td> + <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 868--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 873--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1761,7 +1794,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. < class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 869--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 874--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. </td> @@ -1771,7 +1804,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. < class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 870--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 875--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1779,7 +1812,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 871--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 876--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1787,7 +1820,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 877--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1795,35 +1828,35 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 873--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the HyperTeX-compliant drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 874--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span + <!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span class="ec-lmss-10">latex2html</span>. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 875--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span + <!--l. 880--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 876--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span + <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 877--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span + <!--l. 882--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1831,7 +1864,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, + <!--l. 883--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer, otherwise identical to <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1839,21 +1872,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 886--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 882--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 887--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 883--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span + <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected automatically. </td> </tr><tr @@ -1861,14 +1894,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtexpdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span + <!--l. 890--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>’s PostScript backend. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 886--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td> + <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -1883,7 +1916,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 890--><p class="indent" > If you use <span +<!--l. 895--><p class="indent" > If you use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>, you may need to redefine the macro <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\wwwbrowser </span>(the default is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1897,13 +1930,13 @@ add something like this to hyperref.cfg:   Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space   Internet\string\iexplore.exe} </pre> -<!--l. 899--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 904--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.5 </span> <a id="x1-170005.5"></a>Extension options</h4> -<!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 907--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-17001r5"></a> <!--l. 903--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable" + id="x1-17001r5"></a> <!--l. 908--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col id="TBL-7-1"><col @@ -1917,7 +1950,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 903--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span + <!--l. 908--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvi</span>) which will be appended to file links created if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr</span> @@ -1929,7 +1962,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" > </td> + <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1" class="td01"><span @@ -1938,7 +1971,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 906--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the + <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of section numbers. This can only work properly <span class="ec-lmri-10">if </span>there is a blank line after each @@ -1960,7 +1993,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the + <!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of page numbers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1" @@ -1970,7 +2003,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 912--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page + <!--l. 917--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on unique page anchors (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>, …) <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -1985,7 +2018,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the + <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the footnote text. Easily broken … </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1" @@ -1994,7 +2027,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowra class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 917--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td> + <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2003,7 +2036,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 923--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>), page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>), both (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">all</span></span></span>) @@ -2017,7 +2050,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF + <!--l. 924--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1" @@ -2027,7 +2060,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over + <!--l. 925--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over multiple lines into PDF links to the same target </td> @@ -2039,7 +2072,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors + <!--l. 927--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors chosen depend on the the type of link. At present the only types of link distinguished are citations, page references, URLs, local file references, and other @@ -2053,7 +2086,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 927--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td> + <!--l. 932--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2062,7 +2095,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 928--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td> + <!--l. 933--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2071,7 +2104,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 929--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td> + <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2080,7 +2113,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td> + <!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2089,7 +2122,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td> + <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2098,7 +2131,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 932--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td> + <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2107,7 +2140,7 @@ class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 933--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td> + <!--l. 938--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2115,7 +2148,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowr class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field + <!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field options). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-20-1" @@ -2125,7 +2158,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-20-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td> + <!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2133,7 +2166,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowra class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-21-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td> + <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-22-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -2153,15 +2186,15 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-26-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard +<!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard LaTeX <span class="ec-lmss-10">color </span>package. -<!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.6 </span> <a id="x1-180005.6"></a>PDF-specific display options</h4> -<!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-18001r6"></a> <!--l. 944--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable" + id="x1-18001r6"></a> <!--l. 949--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col id="TBL-8-1"><col @@ -2176,7 +2209,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a + <!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a manner similar to the table of contents, requiring two passes of LaTeX. Some postprocessing of the bookmark file (file extension <span @@ -2196,7 +2229,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 950--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them + <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them with all the subtrees expanded. </td> @@ -2207,7 +2240,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:now class="td11"> parameter </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 952--><p class="noindent" >level (<span + <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >level (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen</span>) to which bookmarks are open</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-1" @@ -2217,7 +2250,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include + <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include section numbers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-1" @@ -2227,7 +2260,7 @@ class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:lef class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 954--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> + <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2236,7 +2269,7 @@ class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 956--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK + <!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK bookmarks. Package <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> supports both normal and preprocessed mode of the <span @@ -2245,14 +2278,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">CJK</span> it simply replaces CJK’s macros with special versions which expand to the corresponding character codes. Note that without the ‘unicode’ - option of hyperref you get PDF files which + option of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>you get PDF files which actually violate the PDF specification because non-Unicode character codes are used – some PDF readers localized for CJK languages (most notably Acroread itself) support this. Also note that option ‘CJKbookmarks’ cannot be used together with option ‘unicode’. - <!--l. 968--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to + <!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to translate non-Unicode bookmarks to Unicode; for portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding should be used. </td> @@ -2264,7 +2298,7 @@ class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is + <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is for inverse (the default); the other possibilities are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset highlighting). </td> @@ -2276,7 +2310,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td> + <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2285,7 +2319,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td> + <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2294,7 +2328,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td> + <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2303,7 +2337,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td> + <!--l. 982--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2312,7 +2346,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td> + <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2321,7 +2355,7 @@ class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2329,7 +2363,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 980--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> + <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2338,7 +2372,7 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:le class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box + <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box with lines of 1pt thickness, but the colorlinks option resets it to produce no border. </td> </tr><tr @@ -2357,7 +2391,7 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" i class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >The color of link borders used to be specified <span +<!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >The color of link borders used to be specified <span class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB color. Since version 6.76a, the usual color specifications of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">(x)color </span>can be used if <span @@ -2366,7 +2400,7 @@ loaded. For further information see description of package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hycolor</span>. -<!--l. 991--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span +<!--l. 996--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span class="ec-lmri-10">jobname</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>. The files is not processed by LaTeX so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid @@ -2378,13 +2412,13 @@ line <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17"> \let\WriteBookmarks\relax </pre> -<!--l. 998--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1003--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1005--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.7 </span> <a id="x1-190005.7"></a>PDF display and information options</h4> -<!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-19001r7"></a> <!--l. 1002--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable" + id="x1-19001r7"></a> <!--l. 1007--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col id="TBL-9-1"><col @@ -2396,20 +2430,20 @@ id="TBL-9-4"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3" + <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td> + <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3" + <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in + <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in Acrobat; the possibilities are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2428,66 +2462,66 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span> is used. </td class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3" + <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td> + <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3" + <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td> + <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1010--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3" + <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1010--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td> + <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3" + <!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td> + <!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">addtopdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3" + <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document + <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document information Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3" + <!--l. 1018--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td> + <!--l. 1018--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-3" + <!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. + <!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">False</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2498,34 +2532,34 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span></span></span>. class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >key + <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >key value list </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document + <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document information. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-3" + <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td> + <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-3" + <!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is + <!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is opened. An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td> </tr><tr @@ -2533,21 +2567,21 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3" + <!--l. 1026--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td> + <!--l. 1026--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-3" + <!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-14-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td> + <!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td> </tr><tr @@ -2555,35 +2589,35 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >n + <!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" >n n n n </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-3" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-15-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This + <!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This should be a set of four numbers </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-3" + <!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-16-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center + <!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center of the screen </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-3" + <!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-17-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1030--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">L2R</span></span></span> (left to right) and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) </td> @@ -2592,22 +2626,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-3" + <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-18-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in + <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in title bar </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-3" + <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-19-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1028--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print + <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog. Possible vatues are: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Simplex</span></span></span> (print single-sided), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2621,52 +2655,52 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipLongEdge</span></span></span> (duplex and flip on class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-3" + <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-20-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1033--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> + <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-3" + <!--l. 1039--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-21-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> + <!--l. 1039--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1035--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-3" + <!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-22-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1035--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> + <!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1036--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-3" + <!--l. 1041--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-23-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1036--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a + <!--l. 1041--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a new window </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-3" + <!--l. 1043--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-24-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. + <!--l. 1043--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>, @@ -2678,21 +2712,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-3" + <!--l. 1045--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-25-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> + <!--l. 1045--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1041--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-3" + <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-26-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1041--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values: + <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2707,21 +2741,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight</span></span></span> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1045--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-3" + <!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-27-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1045--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> + <!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-3" + <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-28-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1046--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values + <!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2745,11 +2779,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, which simply replaces the old page w class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-3" + <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-29-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select + <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select input paper tray in print dialog </td> @@ -2758,11 +2792,11 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-3" + <!--l. 1061--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-30-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1061--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2777,11 +2811,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-3" + <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-31-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2796,24 +2830,24 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1064--><p class="noindent" >n + <!--l. 1069--><p class="noindent" >n n (n n)* </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-32-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1066--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-3" + <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-33-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1066--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option + <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option /PrintScaling of viewer preferences, PDF 1.6); valid values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">None</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2823,21 +2857,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">AppDefault</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-3" + <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-34-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1071--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> + <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-3" + <!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-35-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible + <!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2852,11 +2886,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-3" + <!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-36-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1076--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible + <!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -2871,21 +2905,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1080--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-3" + <!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-37-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1080--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> + <!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-2" class="td11"> - <!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-3" + <!--l. 1086--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-3" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-38-4" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td> + <!--l. 1086--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-39-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -2902,7 +2936,7 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-42-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1084--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which +<!--l. 1089--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which is not the same as TeX’s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> that is explained on page <a @@ -2920,9 +2954,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span> parameters. -<!--l. 1096--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1101--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-19002r8"></a> <!--l. 1097--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable" + id="x1-19002r8"></a> <!--l. 1102--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col id="TBL-10-1"><col @@ -2935,7 +2969,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left top zoom </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one + <!--l. 1102--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one is null, the source link value is used. <span class="ec-lmri-10">null null</span> <span @@ -2949,7 +2983,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2957,7 +2991,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1105--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2965,7 +2999,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2973,7 +3007,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitR </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-ali class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left bottom right top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1102--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four + <!--l. 1107--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four coordinates to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1" @@ -2981,7 +3015,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitB </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td> + <!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1" class="td01"><span @@ -2989,7 +3023,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to + <!--l. 1109--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1" @@ -2998,7 +3032,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-alig class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1105--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to + <!--l. 1110--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to the window. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1" @@ -3018,11 +3052,11 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="T class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-13-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1108--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 1113--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span>can be one of the following values. -<!--l. 1110--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1115--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-19003r9"></a> <!--l. 1111--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable" + id="x1-19003r9"></a> <!--l. 1116--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-11-1g"><col id="TBL-11-1"><col @@ -3032,40 +3066,40 @@ id="TBL-11-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td> + <!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td> + <!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1113--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + <!--l. 1118--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the left. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to + <!--l. 1119--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the right. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1115--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF + <!--l. 1120--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF 1.5). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1116--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF + <!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF 1.5). </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-1" @@ -3081,7 +3115,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1119--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span +<!--l. 1124--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span>can be one of the following values, where <span class="ec-lmri-10">/Di </span>stands for direction of motion in degrees, generally in 90<sup><span @@ -3094,9 +3128,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds /Dm /V</span>), and <span class="ec-lmri-10">/M </span>is for motion, either in (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/I</span>) or out (<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/O</span>). -<!--l. 1126--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1131--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-19004r10"></a> <!--l. 1127--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable" + id="x1-19004r10"></a> <!--l. 1132--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-12-1g"><col id="TBL-12-1"><col @@ -3108,7 +3142,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-2" class="td11"> /Dm </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep + <!--l. 1132--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep in the same direction to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-1" @@ -3116,7 +3150,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-2" class="td11"> /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td> + <!--l. 1134--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3125,7 +3159,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1130--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal + <!--l. 1135--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-1" @@ -3133,7 +3167,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1131--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the + <!--l. 1136--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the screen. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-1" @@ -3141,14 +3175,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-2" class="td11"> /Dm /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1132--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td> + <!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1133--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new + <!--l. 1138--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-1" @@ -3156,14 +3190,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">R </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1134--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td> + <!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-2" class="td11"> /Di /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1135--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the + <!--l. 1140--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the direction specified by /Di, to or from a location that is offscreen except when /Di is None. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3172,7 +3206,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1138--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page + <!--l. 1143--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page slides in, pushing the old page out in the direction specified by /Di. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3181,7 +3215,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1141--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction + <!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction specified by /Di, covering the old page. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-1" @@ -3189,7 +3223,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-2" class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1143--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction + <!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction specified by /Di, uncovering the new page in the direction specified by /Di. </td> </tr><tr @@ -3198,7 +3232,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old + <!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old one. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-1" @@ -3215,11 +3249,11 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id=" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1150--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1155--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.8 </span> <a id="x1-200005.8"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></h4> -<!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span +<!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject</span>, …. Option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span>provides an alternative @@ -3246,15 +3280,15 @@ strings (see PDF specification). Example:   } } </pre> - <!--l. 1171--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1176--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.9 </span> <a id="x1-210005.9"></a>Big alphabetical list</h4> -<!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span +<!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>, arranged alphabetically. -<!--l. 1179--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1184--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-21001r11"></a> <!--l. 1180--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-13" class="longtable" + id="x1-21001r11"></a> <!--l. 1185--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-13" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-13-1g"><col id="TBL-13-1"><col @@ -3266,14 +3300,14 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> + <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field + <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field options) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-3-1" @@ -3282,7 +3316,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td> + <!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-4-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3290,7 +3324,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-4-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td> + <!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-5-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3298,7 +3332,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-5-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td> + <!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-6-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3306,7 +3340,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-6-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-7-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3314,7 +3348,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-spac class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-7-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-8-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3322,7 +3356,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-8-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1187--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td> + <!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-9-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3330,7 +3364,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-sp class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-9-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td> + <!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-10-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3338,7 +3372,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-10-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1189--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> + <!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-11-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3346,7 +3380,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-11-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td> + <!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-12-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3354,7 +3388,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-sp class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-12-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td> + <!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-13-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3362,7 +3396,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-13-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1192--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td> + <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-14-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3370,7 +3404,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-14-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td> + <!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-15-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3378,14 +3412,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-15-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >color links </td> + <!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >color links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-16-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >(<span + <!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >(<span class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>) </td> </tr><tr @@ -3395,7 +3429,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-17-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1196--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as + <!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as verbose </td> @@ -3406,7 +3440,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-18-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1202--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> after the anchor creation </td> </tr><tr @@ -3416,21 +3450,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-19-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1198--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td> + <!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-20-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td> + <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-21-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1200--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-1" @@ -3438,7 +3472,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-22-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-1" @@ -3446,7 +3480,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-23-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1202--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-1" @@ -3454,7 +3488,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-24-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1208--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-1" @@ -3462,7 +3496,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-25-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1204--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1209--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-1" @@ -3470,7 +3504,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-26-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1205--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td> + <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-27-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3478,7 +3512,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">dvi </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-27-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td> + <!--l. 1211--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-28-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3486,7 +3520,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-28-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1207--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td> + <!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-29-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3494,7 +3528,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-29-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1208--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td> + <!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-30-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3502,7 +3536,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style=" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-30-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1209--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td> + <!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-31-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3510,14 +3544,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-31-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td> + <!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-32-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1211--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td> + <!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-33-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3525,7 +3559,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-33-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td> + <!--l. 1217--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-34-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3533,7 +3567,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-34-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1213--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td> + <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-35-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3541,14 +3575,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-35-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1214--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td> + <!--l. 1219--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-36-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1215--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1220--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-37-1" @@ -3557,7 +3591,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-37-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1216--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td> + <!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-38-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3565,14 +3599,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-38-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1217--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td> + <!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-39-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1223--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX2HTML </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-40-1" @@ -3581,7 +3615,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-40-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1219--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td> + <!--l. 1224--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-41-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3589,7 +3623,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-41-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1220--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td> + <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-42-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3597,7 +3631,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-42-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1221--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> + <!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-43-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3605,7 +3639,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-43-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1222--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, + <!--l. 1227--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-44-1" @@ -3614,7 +3648,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-44-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1223--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td> + <!--l. 1228--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-45-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3622,7 +3656,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-45-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1224--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td> + <!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-46-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3630,7 +3664,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-46-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span + <!--l. 1230--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-47-1" @@ -3639,7 +3673,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-47-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1226--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td> + <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td> </tr><tr @@ -3649,14 +3683,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-48-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1227--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td> + <!--l. 1232--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">next-anchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-49-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1228--><p class="noindent" >allow to set the name of the next anchor </td> + <!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >allow to set the name of the next anchor </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-50-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3664,7 +3698,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-50-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1229--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td> + <!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-51-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3672,7 +3706,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-51-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1230--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td> + <!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-52-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3680,7 +3714,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-52-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td> + <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-53-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3688,14 +3722,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-53-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1232--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td> + <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-54-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >(<span + <!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" >(<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks)</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-1" @@ -3703,7 +3737,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-55-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1234--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td> + <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-56-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3711,7 +3745,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-56-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center + <!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center of the screen </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-57-1" @@ -3720,14 +3754,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">LaTeX with </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-57-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td> + <!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-2" class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">hyperref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-58-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" > </td> + <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" > </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-59-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3735,7 +3769,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-59-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1238--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td> + <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-60-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3743,7 +3777,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-60-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in + <!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in title bar </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-61-1" @@ -3752,7 +3786,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-61-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1246--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-62-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3760,7 +3794,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-62-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> + <!--l. 1248--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-63-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3768,7 +3802,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-63-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td> + <!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-64-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-64-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3776,7 +3810,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-64-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1245--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document + <!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document information </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-65-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-65-1" @@ -3785,7 +3819,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-65-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1246--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td> + <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-66-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-66-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3793,7 +3827,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-66-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> + <!--l. 1252--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-67-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-67-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3801,7 +3835,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-67-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1248--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span + <!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-68-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-68-1" @@ -3810,7 +3844,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-68-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> + <!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-69-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-69-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3818,13 +3852,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-69-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td> + <!--l. 1255--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-70-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-70-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td> + <!--l. 1256--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-71-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-71-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3832,7 +3866,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-spac class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-71-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1253--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td> + <!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-72-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-72-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3840,7 +3874,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-72-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1255--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> + <!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-73-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-73-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3848,7 +3882,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-73-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1256--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> + <!--l. 1261--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-74-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-74-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3856,7 +3890,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-74-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td> + <!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-75-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-75-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3864,7 +3898,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-75-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td> + <!--l. 1263--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-76-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-76-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3872,7 +3906,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-76-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td> + <!--l. 1264--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td> </tr><tr @@ -3882,7 +3916,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-77-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td> + <!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-78-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-78-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3890,7 +3924,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-78-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-79-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-79-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3898,7 +3932,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-79-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1263--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1268--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-80-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-80-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3906,7 +3940,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-80-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1264--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-81-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-81-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3914,7 +3948,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-81-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1265--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-82-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-82-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3922,7 +3956,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-82-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1266--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td> + <!--l. 1271--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-83-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-83-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3930,7 +3964,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfproducer </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-83-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td> + <!--l. 1272--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-84-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-84-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3938,7 +3972,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-s class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-84-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1268--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td> + <!--l. 1273--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-85-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-85-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3946,7 +3980,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-85-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td> + <!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-86-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-86-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3954,7 +3988,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-86-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1270--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td> + <!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-87-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-87-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3962,14 +3996,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-87-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1271--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td> + <!--l. 1276--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-88-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-88-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1272--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1277--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-89-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-89-1" @@ -3978,7 +4012,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="w class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-89-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1273--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td> + <!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-90-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-90-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3986,7 +4020,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-90-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> + <!--l. 1279--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-91-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-91-1" class="td01"><span @@ -3994,7 +4028,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-91-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. + <!--l. 1280--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">False </span>and <span @@ -4007,7 +4041,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-92-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td> + <!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-93-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-93-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4015,7 +4049,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-93-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1279--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1284--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-94-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-94-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4023,7 +4057,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-94-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1280--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td> + <!--l. 1285--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-95-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-95-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4031,7 +4065,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-95-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> + <!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-96-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-96-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4039,14 +4073,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-96-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1282--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td> + <!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-97-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-97-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1283--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">ps2pdf </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-98-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-98-1" @@ -4055,7 +4089,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-98-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1284--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string + <!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string commands </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-99-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-99-1" @@ -4064,7 +4098,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-99-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1285--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span + <!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend) </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-100-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-100-1" @@ -4073,7 +4107,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-100-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 1291--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-101-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-101-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4081,7 +4115,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-101-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td> + <!--l. 1292--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-102-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-102-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4089,14 +4123,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-102-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1288--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td> + <!--l. 1293--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-103-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-103-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1289--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1294--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-104-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-1" @@ -4104,7 +4138,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-104-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1295--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>backend </td> @@ -4115,7 +4149,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-105-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1291--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with + <!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with version v7.00g set by default to true for all engines. It will load a number of definitions in puenc.def. It can be set to false for pdflatex, @@ -4127,7 +4161,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="whit class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-106-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1292--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td> + <!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-107-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-107-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4135,7 +4169,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="wh class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-107-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1293--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td> + <!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-108-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-108-1" class="td01"><span @@ -4143,14 +4177,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="whi class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-108-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1294--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td> + <!--l. 1299--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-109-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-109-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1295--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1300--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-110-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-1" @@ -4158,7 +4192,7 @@ class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-2" class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-110-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" >use <span + <!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" >use <span class="ec-lmss-10">XeTeX </span>backend </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-111-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-111-1" @@ -4178,12 +4212,12 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-115-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1299--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1304--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a id="x1-220006"></a>Additional user macros</h3> -<!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are +<!--l. 1306--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are provided: -<!--l. 1304--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-14-1g"><col id="TBL-14-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4199,45 +4233,46 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1308--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 1313--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made a hyperlink to the <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span>; this must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is defined). The special characters # and % do <span class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>need to be escaped in any way (unless the command is used in the argument of another command). -<!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span -class="ec-lmri-10">options </span>recognizes the hyperref options <span +<!--l. 1318--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +class="ec-lmri-10">options </span>recognizes the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>options <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow</span> and the following key value options: <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1317--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">page</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1317--><p class="noindent" >Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" >Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span>. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1319--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">ismap</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1319--><p class="noindent" >Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" >Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">true</span></span></span>, the URL should appended by the coordinates as query parameters by the PDF viewer. </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmvtk-10">nextactionraw</span><span class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1322--><p class="noindent" >The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent" >The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/Next</span></span></span> of action dictionaries, see PDF specification.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1326--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1331--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-15-1g"><col id="TBL-15-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4247,7 +4282,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><spa class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span +<!--l. 1335--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4258,7 +4293,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}}</span></span></span>. Depending on the driver <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> also tries to detect the link type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, … -<!--l. 1335--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1340--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-16-1g"><col id="TBL-16-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4268,10 +4303,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1339--><p class="noindent" >Write <span +<!--l. 1344--><p class="noindent" >Write <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>in the same way as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink. -<!--l. 1342--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1347--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-17-1g"><col id="TBL-17-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4282,10 +4317,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1346--><p class="noindent" >A base <span +<!--l. 1351--><p class="noindent" >A base <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents. -<!--l. 1349--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1354--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-18-1g"><col id="TBL-18-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4298,12 +4333,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1353--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span +<!--l. 1358--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>as the anchor. -<!--l. 1356--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span +<!--l. 1361--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>being ignored completely. -<!--l. 1359--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1364--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-19-1g"><col id="TBL-19-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4318,10 +4353,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1363--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span +<!--l. 1368--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>) is marked, and given the name <span class="ec-lmri-10">category.name</span> -<!--l. 1366--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-20-1g"><col id="TBL-20-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4338,10 +4373,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1370--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1375--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL#category.name</span> -<!--l. 1372--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1377--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-21-1g"><col id="TBL-21-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4354,12 +4389,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1381--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to the same place as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> would be linked. -<!--l. 1380--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1385--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-22-1g"><col id="TBL-22-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4372,7 +4407,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1388--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-23-1g"><col id="TBL-23-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4385,7 +4420,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1387--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, with two parameters of an anchor <span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span>, and anchor <span @@ -4394,11 +4429,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> has two arguments, the name class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, and the <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>which be used as the link on the page. -<!--l. 1393--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1398--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> command inserts a notional # in front of each link, making it relative to the current testdocument; <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> expects a full URL. -<!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-24-1g"><col id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4406,7 +4441,7 @@ id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, @@ -4423,10 +4458,10 @@ Example: \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname} \printindex </pre> - <!--l. 1414--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, + <!--l. 1419--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1421--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 1420--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-25" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-25-1g"><col id="TBL-25-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4445,7 +4480,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1425--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes +<!--l. 1430--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the anchor or the page anchor from a label in an expandable way. It takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. It can e.g. be used with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bookmark</span></span></span> from the bookmark @@ -4455,12 +4490,12 @@ package to set a destination to a label: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> \bookmark[dest=\hyperget{anchor}{sec}]{section} </pre> -<!--l. 1431--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1433--><p class="indent" > As <span +<!--l. 1436--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" > As <span class="ec-lmri-10">pageanchor </span>retrieves the page number from the label it can’t be use together with the option <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages</span>. -<!--l. 1436--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1441--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-26-1g"><col id="TBL-26-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4471,10 +4506,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">currentanchor</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1440--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1445--><p class="indent" > This retrieves the last anchor that has been set. It too takes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span></span></span> into account. -<!--l. 1444--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-27-1g"><col id="TBL-27-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4484,11 +4519,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"> class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1448--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1453--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> command that places a contextual label in front of the reference. This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g. ‘section 2’ instead of merely the number ‘2’). -<!--l. 1454--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1459--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> command by <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>by using the macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using @@ -4496,16 +4531,16 @@ macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)def class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand</span></span></span>; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author’s practice. -<!--l. 1462--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span +<!--l. 1467--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>checks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*autorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*name</span>. For instance, it looks for <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figureautorefname </span>before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename</span>. -<!--l. 1466--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1471--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-22001r12"></a> <!--l. 1467--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-28" class="longtable" + id="x1-22001r12"></a> <!--l. 1472--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-28" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-28-1g"><col id="TBL-28-1"><col @@ -4515,80 +4550,80 @@ id="TBL-28-2"></colgroup> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmri-10">Macro </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1467--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmri-10">Default</span> </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> + <!--l. 1473--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-3-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tablename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1469--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> + <!--l. 1474--><p class="noindent" >Table </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-4-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\partname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1470--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> + <!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >Part </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-5-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\appendixname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1471--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> + <!--l. 1476--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-6-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equationname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1472--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-7-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Itemname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1473--><p class="noindent" >item </td> + <!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" >item </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-8-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\chaptername </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1474--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> + <!--l. 1479--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-9-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\sectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >section </td> + <!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" >section </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-10-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1476--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> + <!--l. 1481--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-11-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsubsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> + <!--l. 1482--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-12-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\paragraphname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1478--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> + <!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-13-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hfootnotename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1479--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> + <!--l. 1484--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td> </tr><tr @@ -4596,19 +4631,19 @@ class="td10"> class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\AMSname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1480--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> + <!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-15-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theoremname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1481--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> + <!--l. 1486--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-16-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\page </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-16-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 1482--><p class="noindent" >page </td> + <!--l. 1487--><p class="noindent" >page </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-17-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -4626,7 +4661,7 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-21-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 1485--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span +<!--l. 1490--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used: <blockquote class="quote"> @@ -4637,8 +4672,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used:   \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}% } </pre> - <!--l. 1492--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1495--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span + <!--l. 1497--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1500--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref </span>works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span> chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with @@ -4678,8 +4713,8 @@ We will use \autoref{a} to prove \auto \end{document} </pre> - <!--l. 1530--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1533--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular" + <!--l. 1535--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1538--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-29-1g"><col id="TBL-29-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4690,18 +4725,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1537--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1542--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref</span></span></span> and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageautorefname</span> is checked before <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pagename</span>. -<!--l. 1542--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a +<!--l. 1547--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if hyperref has been loaded with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span></span></span>): -<!--l. 1546--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-30-1g"><col id="TBL-30-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4711,7 +4746,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><sp class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1550--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-31-1g"><col id="TBL-31-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4722,7 +4757,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1554--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1559--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-32-1g"><col id="TBL-32-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4732,7 +4767,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb" class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1563--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-33-1g"><col id="TBL-33-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4743,18 +4778,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write +<!--l. 1567--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> \hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before} </pre> -<!--l. 1565--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1567--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1570--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*{other}</span></span></span> to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this ourselves with <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1570--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1575--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-34-1g"><col id="TBL-34-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4767,21 +4802,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1574--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1579--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding + <!--l. 1584--><p class="noindent" >Switching to PD1 or PU encoding </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1580--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1585--><p class="noindent" >Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\345</span></span></span>): <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef\3{\string\3}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1586--><p class="noindent" >Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\{</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\%</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\&</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4789,18 +4824,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\space</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dots</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1582--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span + <!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >National glyphs (<span class="ec-lmss-10">german.sty</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">french.sty</span>, etc.) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1588--><p class="noindent" >Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eTeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MF</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1584--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1589--><p class="noindent" >Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\index</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -4810,20 +4845,20 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\def</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span c class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1586--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1591--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>, etc. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 1592--><p class="noindent" >Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span> provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xspace </span>package</li></ul> -<!--l. 1590--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in +<!--l. 1595--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek’s EuroTeX paper distributed with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. -<!--l. 1594--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1599--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-35-1g"><col id="TBL-35-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4834,22 +4869,22 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span>…<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\end</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1597--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we +<!--l. 1602--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything. This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> playing havoc in the front matter. -<!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1 </span> <a id="x1-230006.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4> -<!--l. 1605--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.1 </span> <a id="x1-240006.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5> -<!--l. 1607--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span +<!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>automatically adds bookmarks for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span></span></span> and similar macros. But they can also set manually. -<!--l. 1610--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1615--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-36-1g"><col id="TBL-36-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4863,11 +4898,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1613--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the +<!--l. 1618--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 1617--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-37-1g"><col id="TBL-37-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4880,8 +4915,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. -<!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level. +<!--l. 1627--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-38-1g"><col id="TBL-38-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4894,9 +4929,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased +<!--l. 1630--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased by one. -<!--l. 1628--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1633--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-39-1g"><col id="TBL-39-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4909,33 +4944,33 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1631--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current +<!--l. 1636--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current bookmark level has not changed. -<!--l. 1634--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1639--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint: </span>Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmark </span>replaces <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s bookmark organization by a new algorithm: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1637--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. + <!--l. 1642--><p class="noindent" >Usually only one LaTeX run is needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). + <!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" >More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1639--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> -<!--l. 1642--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. -<!--l. 1644--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1644--><p class="noindent" >Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul> +<!--l. 1647--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package. +<!--l. 1649--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1.2 </span> <a id="x1-250006.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5> -<!--l. 1646--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 1651--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span>, which can contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is. -<!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1655--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col id="TBL-40-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -4948,7 +4983,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">PDFstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" > For example, +<!--l. 1659--><p class="indent" > For example, <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> @@ -4960,8 +4995,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> } \section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars} </pre> -<!--l. 1663--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1665--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 1668--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands. @@ -4973,8 +5008,8 @@ perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands.   \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}% } </pre> -<!--l. 1675--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1677--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span +<!--l. 1680--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1682--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</span>, which adds its argument to the definition of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefPreHook </span>(‘@’ can here be used as letter in command @@ -4988,11 +5023,11 @@ names):   \let\textcolor\@gobble } </pre> -<!--l. 1688--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1690--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1693--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1695--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2 </span> <a id="x1-260006.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4> -<!--l. 1691--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1696--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-41" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col id="TBL-41-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5003,19 +5038,19 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">page number format</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1695--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific +<!--l. 1700--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific page, for example -<!--l. 1698--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1703--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel{Empty</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> Page-\roman{page}}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 1700--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be +<!--l. 1705--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be taken into account. It should be used in places where for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispagestyle</span></span></span> can be use too. -<!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1708--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3 </span> <a id="x1-270006.3"></a>Utility macros</h4> -<!--l. 1706--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" +<!--l. 1711--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col id="TBL-42-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5026,7 +5061,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">dimen specification</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 1709--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1714--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> takes a TeX dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number without the unit. This is useful for options <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5042,91 +5077,91 @@ Example:     -\headheight-\headsep} } </pre> - <!--l. 1721--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> -<!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. -<!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span + <!--l. 1726--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote> +<!--l. 1728--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner. +<!--l. 1730--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span class="ec-lmss-10">calc </span>or <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>. Nowadays the latter should automatically be enabled for <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> formats. Users without <span class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>, please, look in the source documentation <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span></span></span> for further limitations. -<!--l. 1731--><p class="indent" > Also <span +<!--l. 1736--><p class="indent" > Also <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp </span>cannot be used in option specifications of <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span>, because <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> expands the option lists of these commands. However package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not yet loaded and an undefined control sequence error would arise. -<!--l. 1738--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1743--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a id="x1-280007"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a id="x1-28001f5"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a id="x1-290007.1"></a>Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</h4> -<!--l. 1743--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. +<!--l. 1748--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers. -<!--l. 1748--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 1753--><p class="indent" > <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1749--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1754--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfTeX</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1749--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1754--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1751--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. + <!--l. 1756--><p class="noindent" >The link area also depends on the surrounding box. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1752--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. + <!--l. 1757--><p class="noindent" >Settings have local effect. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1753--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all + <!--l. 1758--><p class="noindent" >When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all links on the page.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1757--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1762--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfmark</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1757--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1762--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1759--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> + <!--l. 1764--><p class="noindent" >Settings have global effect.</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1762--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1767--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1762--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1767--><p class="noindent" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 1764--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. + <!--l. 1769--><p class="noindent" >Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect. The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special{dvipdfmx:config</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> g</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1}</span></span></span> (with the unit removed).</li></ul> </dd><dt class="description"> - <!--l. 1768--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10">Other drivers</span> </dt><dd class="description"> - <!--l. 1768--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.</dd></dl> +<!--l. 1778--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a id="x1-300007.2"></a>Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</h4> -<!--l. 1775--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values +<!--l. 1780--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order can be specified with option ‘calculatesortkey’. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in document order. -<!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. -<!--l. 1788--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1790--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX. +<!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.3 </span> <a id="x1-310007.3"></a>Option ‘next-anchor’</h4> -<!--l. 1789--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for +<!--l. 1794--><p class="noindent" >This option allows to overwrite the anchor name of the next anchor. This makes it possible to give for example the heading of the table of contents an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. @@ -5136,14 +5171,14 @@ command. \tableofcontents \bookmark[dest=\HyperDestNameFilter{toc},level=section]{\contentsname} </pre> -<!--l. 1797--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1799--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1802--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1804--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.4 </span> <a id="x1-320007.4"></a>Option ‘localanchorname’</h4> -<!--l. 1801--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1806--><p class="noindent" >When<span class="marginpar">Deprecated 2022-04-27 v7.00o</span> an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter</span></span></span>, then the anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name. -<!--l. 1805--><p class="indent" > For example: +<!--l. 1810--><p class="indent" > For example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29"> @@ -5151,28 +5186,28 @@ globally set to the current anchor name.     \begin{equation}\end{equation}     \label{sec:foobar} </pre> -<!--l. 1810--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the +<!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the equation before. With option ‘localanchorname’ the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the environment and the reference ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the section title. -<!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor +<!--l. 1823--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor name is not available as expected. -<!--l. 1822--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is +<!--l. 1827--><p class="indent" > The option is deprecated: it makes it difficult for package authors to add targets for links if it is unclear if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@currentHref</span></span></span> is set locally or globally. -<!--l. 1826--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1831--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.5 </span> <a id="x1-330007.5"></a>Option ‘customdriver’</h4> -<!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file +<!--l. 1833--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file must have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ProvidesFile</span></span></span> with a version date and number that match the date and number of ‘hyperref’, otherwise a warning is given. -<!--l. 1833--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and +<!--l. 1838--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part. -<!--l. 1838--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1843--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.6 </span> <a id="x1-340007.6"></a>Option ‘psdextra’</h4> -<!--l. 1840--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF +<!--l. 1845--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries). Many math command names (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\notin</span></span></span>, ...) are not in control of NFSS, @@ -5186,17 +5221,17 @@ on means that the short names are available. Then <span class="obeylines-h"><spa class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span> can directly be used instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 1854--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1859--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.7 </span> <a id="x1-350007.7"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4> -<!--l. 1856--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only +<!--l. 1861--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link annotation. Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkBox</span></span></span> puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt. -<!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" > Example: +<!--l. 1870--><p class="indent" > Example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30"> @@ -5213,8 +5248,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt.     }     \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 1881--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1883--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1886--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1888--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.8 </span> <a id="x1-360007.8"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4> @@ -5222,7 +5257,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">  \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1886--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1891--><p class="nopar" > If a <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBooleanExists</span></span></span> calls YES, otherwise NO. @@ -5230,23 +5266,25 @@ calls YES, otherwise NO. <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">  \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO} </pre> -<!--l. 1893--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1898--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBoolean</span></span></span> calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is executed. -<!--l. 1899--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if +<!--l. 1904--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopEarly</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end hyperref prematurely. -<!--l. 1904--><p class="noindent" > +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>prematurely. +<!--l. 1909--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.9 </span> <a id="x1-370007.9"></a>\unichar</h4> -<!--l. 1906--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1911--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. Its name and syntax is inherited from package ‘ucs’. However it is defined independently for use in -hyperref’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span> (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this). -<!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1919--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span> takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING FACE): @@ -5255,7 +5293,7 @@ FACE):     \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation     \unichar{9786}% decimal notation </pre> -<!--l. 1919--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with +<!--l. 1924--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>: @@ -5263,18 +5301,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">     \unichar{\string"263A}% converts ‘"’ to ‘"’ with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1924--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1929--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dq</span></span></span> instead: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">     \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other) </pre> -<!--l. 1928--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 1931--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1933--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 1936--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.10 </span> <a id="x1-380007.10"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4> -<!--l. 1933--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the +<!--l. 1938--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings ‘PDFDocEncoding’ (8-bit encoding) and ‘Unicode’ (UTF-16). The user can help using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> to replace complicate TeX constructs @@ -5285,7 +5323,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ifpdfstringunicode</span></span></span>. It is only allowed class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> and takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters available in PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written +<!--l. 1952--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Hàn Thế Thành. Correctly written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class ‘tugboat.cls’ defines a macro for the typesetted name: @@ -5297,9 +5335,10 @@ macro for the typesetted name:       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1957--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard +<!--l. 1962--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide such an accent. -<!--l. 1962--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already +<!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. The first and the last word are already supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def misses support for them. But we can provide it using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -5310,7 +5349,7 @@ is: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">     % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE </pre> -<!--l. 1971--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: +<!--l. 1976--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> @@ -5321,7 +5360,7 @@ is:       ~Th\‘anh%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1980--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could +<!--l. 1985--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents: @@ -5340,12 +5379,13 @@ provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents:       }%     } </pre> -<!--l. 1998--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2000--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2003--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.11 </span> <a id="x1-390007.11"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4> -<!--l. 2002--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. -<!--l. 2006--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2007--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f. +<!--l. 2011--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma @@ -5356,7 +5396,7 @@ lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly:     delim_r "--"     delim_n ", " </pre> -<!--l. 2013--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for +<!--l. 2018--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for Makeindex.) Customized versions of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">delim_r,</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> delim_n,</span><span @@ -5375,153 +5415,157 @@ e.g.:     suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}"     suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}" </pre> -<!--l. 2025--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2030--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\\</span></span></span>,” or “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">~</span></span></span>” should be put before the first f inside <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>.) -<!--l. 2030--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2035--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.12 </span> <a id="x1-400007.12"></a>Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</h4> -<!--l. 2032--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option +<!--l. 2037--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’ uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5. -<!--l. 2036--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 +<!--l. 2041--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2 package. Check its documentation for details how to use it. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2039--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2044--><p class="noindent" >The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2041--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making + <!--l. 2046--><p class="noindent" >Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making Graphical Content Optional”: Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2047--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2052--><p class="noindent" >The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}</span></span></span> inside the document. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm + <!--l. 2054--><p class="noindent" >Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2050--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and + <!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" >The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and dvipdfmx.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2054--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.13 </span> <a id="x1-410007.13"></a>Option ‘pdfa’</h4> -<!--l. 2056--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the -result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata, +<!--l. 2061--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. However, the +result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>(XMP metadata, fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). -<!--l. 2063--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: +<!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2065--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" >Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2066--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. + <!--l. 2071--><p class="noindent" >Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2067--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a + <!--l. 2072--><p class="noindent" >Disabled: Launch action (<a href="run:..." >[</a>PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2068--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. + <!--l. 2073--><p class="noindent" >Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1]. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: + <!--l. 2075--><p class="noindent" >Many things are disabled in PDF formulars: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2072--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] + <!--l. 2077--><p class="noindent" >JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2073--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] + <!--l. 2078--><p class="noindent" >Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2074--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) + <!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" >Push button (because of JavaScript) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2075--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, - hyperref’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul> + <!--l. 2080--><p class="noindent" >Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this, + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2083--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and -cannot be changed after hyperref is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2088--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and +cannot be changed after <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>). -<!--l. 2089--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.14 </span> <a id="x1-420007.14"></a>Option ‘linktoc’ added</h4> -<!--l. 2091--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into +<!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into a link: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) + <!--l. 2099--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=none’ (no links) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2095--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) + <!--l. 2100--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) + <!--l. 2101--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2100--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2102--><p class="noindent" >‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.15 </span> <a id="x1-430007.15"></a>Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</h4> -<!--l. 2102--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: +<!--l. 2107--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2104--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2109--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2110--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2106--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: +<!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2110--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span + <!--l. 2115--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=true <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span + <!--l. 2116--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow=false <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow false </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2112--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span + <!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" >pdfnewwindow= <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span + <!--l. 2118--><p class="noindent" >unused pdfnewwindow <span class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2118--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the +<!--l. 2123--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user preference. -<!--l. 2124--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2129--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.16 </span> <a id="x1-440007.16"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4> -<!--l. 2126--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2131--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span></span></span>, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7): -<!--l. 2130--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2135--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html</span></a> -<!--l. 2132--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > <a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</span></a> -<!--l. 2134--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: +<!--l. 2139--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2137--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): - <!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2142--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608): + <!--l. 2144--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 Invisible <br />2 Hidden (PDF 1.2) <br />3 Print (PDF 1.2) @@ -5534,23 +5578,23 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2151--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): - <!--l. 2153--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676): + <!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />1 ReadOnly <br />2 Required <br />3 NoExport</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): - <!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2163--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686): + <!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only) <br />16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear) <br />17 Pushbutton <br />26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): - <!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691): + <!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />13 Multiline <br />14 Password <br />21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4) @@ -5561,8 +5605,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): - <!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693): + <!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box) <br />19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set) <br />20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers @@ -5571,8 +5615,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)</div> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): - <!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> + <!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704): + <!--l. 2194--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v"> <br />[1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use ‘noexport’ (table 8.70) instead <br />2 IncludeNoValueFields <br />[3 ExportFormat] handled by option ‘export’ @@ -5587,35 +5631,35 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</ <br />12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4) <br />14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)</div> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2206--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or +<!--l. 2211--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or lowercase): <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" >FDF + <!--l. 2214--><p class="noindent" >FDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2210--><p class="noindent" >HTML + <!--l. 2215--><p class="noindent" >HTML </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2211--><p class="noindent" >XFDF + <!--l. 2216--><p class="noindent" >XFDF </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2212--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> -<!--l. 2215--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2217--><p class="noindent" >PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul> +<!--l. 2220--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.17 </span> <a id="x1-450007.17"></a>Option ‘pdfversion’</h4> -<!--l. 2217--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is +<!--l. 2222--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7). -<!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect +<!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect higher PDF versions. -<!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. +<!--l. 2236--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2234--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" >pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a and < 1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfoptionpdfminorversion</span></span></span> pdfTeX <span @@ -5623,97 +5667,98 @@ class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="ver class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfminorversion</span></span></span> </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V + <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V 2’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry + <!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" >dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry ‘V 4’. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2241--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> -<!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span + <!--l. 2246--><p class="noindent" >Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul> +<!--l. 2251--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a). Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus ‘hyperref’ tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features. -<!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.18 </span> <a id="x1-460007.18"></a>Field option ‘name’</h4> -<!--l. 2255--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: +<!--l. 2260--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. + <!--l. 2263--><p class="noindent" >Layouted label. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2259--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2261--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option + <!--l. 2264--><p class="noindent" >As name in HTML structures.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option ‘name’ is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should consist of letters only. -<!--l. 2268--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.19 </span> <a id="x1-470007.19"></a>Option ‘pdfencoding’</h4> -<!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: +<!--l. 2275--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary: PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfencoding </span>selects between these encodings: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfdoc </span>uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters, surrogates need four bytes. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2283--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmss-10">auto </span>PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding (outside ascii if an unicode engine is used) and Unicode otherwise. This option is not intended for the unicode engines.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2283--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span +<!--l. 2288--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>by default now. If another encoding should be forced, it should be done in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypersetup</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.20 </span> <a id="x1-480007.20"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4> -<!--l. 2288--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. -<!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2293--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’. +<!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.21 </span> <a id="x1-490007.21"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4> -<!--l. 2293--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor +<!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span>. An optional argument for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span> is supported (class amsart). -<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.22 </span> <a id="x1-500007.22"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4> -<!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span></span></span> generates a reference without link as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2309--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.23 </span> <a id="x1-510007.23"></a>Link border style</h4> -<!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span +<!--l. 2311--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span class="ec-lmss-10">colorlinks</span>, <span class="ec-lmss-10">frenchlinks</span>. This is done by option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2310--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: +<!--l. 2315--><p class="indent" > Some remarks: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2318--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span> for the width, but zero, thus that the underline is not visible without <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">/W</span><span @@ -5721,59 +5766,61 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1</span></span></span>. The same applies for dashed pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1 </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2319--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 + <!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13 “Entries in a border style dictionary” (specification for version 1.6) </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option + <!--l. 2329--><p class="noindent" >The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option colorlinks is enabled. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2328--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: - <!--l. 2331--><p class="noindent" >Some support: + <!--l. 2333--><p class="noindent" >Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself: + <!--l. 2336--><p class="noindent" >Some support: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2333--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span + <!--l. 2338--><p class="noindent" >AR7/Linux: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span>, but the border width must be given. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2335--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span + <!--l. 2340--><p class="noindent" >xpdf 3.00: <span class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span></li></ul> - <!--l. 2338--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: + <!--l. 2343--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported: <ul class="itemize2"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2340--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux + <!--l. 2345--><p class="noindent" >AR5/Linux </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2341--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> + <!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >ghostscript 8.50</li></ul> </li></ul> -<!--l. 2345--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2350--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.24 </span> <a id="x1-520007.24"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></h4> -<!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span +<!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span>. The option acts globally and distinguishes three cases: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then hyperref uses the current value of counter <span -class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. - This is the compatible behaviour and the default. + <!--l. 2356--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses the current value of counter <span +class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>. This + is the compatible behaviour and the default. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<number></span></span></span>, the value is number (also negative): The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2356--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2361--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<name></span></span></span> The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must - not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally hyperref uses + not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses the value of macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@<name></span></span></span>. Examples: @@ -5783,37 +5830,39 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@<name></span></span></span>. Example     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used </pre> - <!--l. 2366--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 2369--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2371--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 2374--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.25 </span> <a id="x1-530007.25"></a>Option <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></h4> -<!--l. 2371--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in +<!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the code. -<!--l. 2383--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: +<!--l. 2388--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility + <!--l. 2390--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility behaviour, therefore this is the default. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2388--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the + <!--l. 2393--><p class="noindent" >pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2396--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.26 </span> <a id="x1-540007.26"></a>Default driver setting</h4> -<!--l. 2398--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span -class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the most suitable +<!--l. 2403--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span +class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>tries its best to guess the most suitable driver. Thus it loads <span class="ec-lmss-10">hpdftex</span>, if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the -corresponding VTeX driver for VTeX’s working modes. Unhappily many driver programs run -after the TeX compiler, so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). In this +corresponding VTeX driver for VTeX’s working modes. Unhappily many driver programs +run after the TeX compiler, so <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). In this case driver <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>is loaded that supports the HyperTeX features that are recognized by xdvi for example. This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration file @@ -5824,18 +5873,19 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hdvips} </pre> -<!--l. 2411--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or +<!--l. 2416--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">     \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} </pre> -<!--l. 2415--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref. -<!--l. 2418--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. -<!--l. 2420--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2420--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. +<!--l. 2423--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’. +<!--l. 2425--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.27 </span> <a id="x1-550007.27"></a>Backref entries</h4> -<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: +<!--l. 2427--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> @@ -5928,11 +5978,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>: \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 2511--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2513--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2516--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2518--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.28 </span> <a id="x1-560007.28"></a>\phantomsection</h4> -<!--l. 2515--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index, bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is @@ -5945,13 +5995,13 @@ set.   \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}   \printindex </pre> -<!--l. 2525--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2527--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index +<!--l. 2530--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2532--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page, not to a location before this page. -<!--l. 2531--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.29 </span> <a id="x1-570007.29"></a>puenc encoding, puenc-greekbasic.def and puenc-extra.def</h4> -<!--l. 2533--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span>option loads for the bookmarks <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc.def </span>which contains quite a lot definitions of commands for the bookmarks. As <span @@ -5962,27 +6012,27 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses two strategies. <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block + <!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" >A number of command are only defined conditionally: The commands for the cyrillic block if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CYRDZE </span>is defined, greek if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textBeta </span>is defined, and hebrew if <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hebdalet </span>is defined. - <!--l. 2544--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span + <!--l. 2549--><p class="noindent" >The greek block is in an extra file, <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-greekbasic.def</span>, which can be loaded manually if needed. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span + <!--l. 2552--><p class="noindent" >Other commands are moved to an extra file <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">puenc-extra.def </span>which is not loaded automatically, but can be loaded in the preamble if needed. Currently this file contains all definitions for the accent <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\G</span>.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2559--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a id="x1-580008"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3> -<!--l. 2555--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided +<!--l. 2560--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided in the appropriate drivers: -<!--l. 2558--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col id="TBL-43-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -5995,17 +6045,17 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists the option names you can use—comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange. -<!--l. 2565--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2570--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-58001r13"></a> - <!--l. 2566--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-44" class="longtable" + <!--l. 2571--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-44" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col id="TBL-44-1"><col @@ -6014,7 +6064,7 @@ id="TBL-44-2"></colgroup> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-1" class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2566--><p class="noindent" >Open, + <!--l. 2571--><p class="noindent" >Open, Close, Scan, Save, @@ -6028,7 +6078,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-2-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, + <!--l. 2572--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage, ImportNotes, AcroForm:ImportFDF </td> </tr><tr @@ -6036,14 +6086,14 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-3-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2568--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, + <!--l. 2573--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes, AcroForm:ExportFDF </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-4-1" class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-4-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2569--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, + <!--l. 2574--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo, OpenInfo, FontsInfo, SecurityInfo, @@ -6054,7 +6104,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">File<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-5-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, + <!--l. 2575--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs, NotePrefs, FullScreenPrefs, Weblink:Prefs, @@ -6066,7 +6116,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-6-1" class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-6-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2572--><p class="noindent" >Undo, + <!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >Undo, Cut, Copy, Paste, @@ -6082,13 +6132,13 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-7-1" class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-7-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2575--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> + <!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-8-1" class="td01">Edit<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-8-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2576--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, + <!--l. 2581--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate, AcroForm:TabOrder </td> @@ -6096,7 +6146,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-9-1" class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-9-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, + <!--l. 2582--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages, AcroForm:Actions, CropPages, RotatePages, @@ -6112,7 +6162,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-10-1" class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-10-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, + <!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize, FitVisible, FitWidth, FitPage, @@ -6136,7 +6186,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-11-1" class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-11-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent" >Hand, + <!--l. 2588--><p class="noindent" >Hand, ZoomIn, ZoomOut, SelectText, @@ -6158,7 +6208,7 @@ class="td10"> class="td01">Tools<span class="lmsy-10">→</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-12-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2586--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, + <!--l. 2591--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query, AcroSrch:Indexes, AcroSrch:Results, AcroSrch:Assist, @@ -6170,7 +6220,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-13-1" class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-13-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2588--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, + <!--l. 2593--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar, ShowHideMenuBar, ShowHideClipboard, Cascade, @@ -6181,7 +6231,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-14-1" class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-14-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2590--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, + <!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide, HelpTutorial, HelpExchange, HelpScan, @@ -6196,7 +6246,7 @@ class="td10"> style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-15-1" class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-15-2" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >About </td> + <!--l. 2597--><p class="noindent" >About </td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-16-1" class="td01"> </td> @@ -6211,18 +6261,18 @@ class="td01"> </td> class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-19-2" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2600--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a id="x1-590009"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3> -<!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span +<!--l. 2601--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment. The environment does some general setups, so should be used only once in a document. Using simply <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Form </span>at the begin of the document is possible too. -<!--l. 2600--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: +<!--l. 2605--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields: -<!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col id="TBL-45-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6235,7 +6285,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2606--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col id="TBL-46-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6248,7 +6298,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2610--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2615--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col id="TBL-47-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6263,7 +6313,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2614--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2619--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col id="TBL-48-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6276,7 +6326,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2623--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col id="TBL-49-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6289,7 +6339,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col id="TBL-50-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6302,8 +6352,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: -<!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2631--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by: +<!--l. 2632--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col id="TBL-51-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6316,7 +6366,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2631--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2636--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col id="TBL-52-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6329,7 +6379,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2635--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col id="TBL-53-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6342,9 +6392,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2639--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 -<!--l. 2641--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: -<!--l. 2642--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2644--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2 +<!--l. 2646--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by: +<!--l. 2647--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col id="TBL-54-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6357,7 +6407,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2651--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col id="TBL-55-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6370,7 +6420,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2654--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-56" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col id="TBL-56-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6383,7 +6433,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2652--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2657--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-57" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col id="TBL-57-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6396,7 +6446,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td> </tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2656--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" +<!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" ><span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-58" class="tabular" ><colgroup id="TBL-58-1g"><col id="TBL-58-1"></colgroup><tr @@ -6406,7 +6456,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span> -<!--l. 2660--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2665--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #2{\hbox</span><span @@ -6415,7 +6465,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the l to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. -<!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: +<!--l. 2669--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47"> @@ -6431,13 +6481,13 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros. \def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip} \def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm} </pre> -<!--l. 2677--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2682--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2684--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a id="x1-600009.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2687--><p class="noindent" > <a - id="x1-60001r14"></a> <!--l. 2683--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-59" class="longtable" + id="x1-60001r14"></a> <!--l. 2688--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-59" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-59-1g"><col id="TBL-59-1"><col @@ -6450,7 +6500,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text- class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-1-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2683--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span + <!--l. 2688--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button is included in the form </td> </tr><tr @@ -6460,7 +6510,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-a class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-2-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2684--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding + <!--l. 2689--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding is usual, and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td> </tr><tr @@ -6470,7 +6520,7 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-al class="td11"> <span class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-3-3" class="td10"> - <!--l. 2686--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span + <!--l. 2691--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td> @@ -6492,16 +6542,16 @@ class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-59-8-3" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2689--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2694--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a id="x1-610009.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4> -<!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span +<!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span> <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>) -<!--l. 2694--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 2699--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-61001r15"></a> <!--l. 2695--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" + id="x1-61001r15"></a> <!--l. 2700--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-60" class="longtable" ><colgroup id="TBL-60-1g"><col id="TBL-60-1"><col @@ -6961,28 +7011,29 @@ class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id= class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-60-63-4" class="td10"></td></tr> </table></div> -<!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2761--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a id="x1-6200010"></a>Defining a new driver</h3> -<!--l. 2757--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: -<!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" >A <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: +<!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchor</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@link</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkfile</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2766--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkurl</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2773--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2770--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@anchorend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2777--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkstart</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> -<!--l. 2777--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows +<!--l. 2782--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48"> @@ -6995,16 +7046,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper@linkend</span></span></span> \let\hyper@linkstart\@gobbletwo \let\hyper@linkend\@empty </pre> -<!--l. 2787--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2789--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2792--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2794--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a id="x1-6300011"></a>Special support for other packages</h3> -<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +<!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" >Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for conflict, such as <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span + <!--l. 2801--><p class="noindent" >Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">harvard </span>package is supported. However, the recommended package is Patrick Daly’s <span class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package that has @@ -7014,16 +7065,16 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>hooks to allow reliable interaction. This pac class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2803--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span + <!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" >Packages that changes <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>and <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>macros. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. + <!--l. 2811--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with the index. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc</li></ul> -<!--l. 2813--><p class="indent" > The <span + <!--l. 2813--><p class="noindent" >Packages that do anything serious with sectioning commands and the toc</li></ul> +<!--l. 2818--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially well with it. These are <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>and <span @@ -7031,11 +7082,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc</span>, which support crossdocument links using <span <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>/<span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively. -<!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a id="x1-6400011.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4> -<!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: -<!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2827--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available: +<!--l. 2830--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.1 </span> <a id="x1-6500011.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5> @@ -7044,11 +7095,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, r   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg. </pre> -<!--l. 2830--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2835--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2837--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.2 </span> <a id="x1-6600011.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5> -<!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be +<!--l. 2839--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be spacing problems (eqnarray isn’t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use @@ -7060,22 +7111,27 @@ gather:   \let\equation\gather   \let\endequation\endgather </pre> -<!--l. 2845--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2847--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2850--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.3 </span> <a id="x1-6700011.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5> -<!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order: +<!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{amsrefs} </pre> -<!--l. 2854--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2859--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.4 </span> <a id="x1-6800011.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5> -<!--l. 2858--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error, +<!--l. 2863--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">longtable </span>must be put before <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">arydshln</span>, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>after <span +class="ec-lmss-10">arydshln </span>generates an error, thus the resulting package order is then: @@ -7084,16 +7140,16 @@ thus the resulting package order is then:   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{arydshln} </pre> -<!--l. 2866--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2868--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2871--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.5 </span> <a id="x1-6900011.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2870--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter +<!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by Péter Szabó, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/. -<!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.6 </span> <a id="x1-7000011.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5> -<!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2882--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ to support ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7101,10 +7157,10 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ is supported. If ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’ is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead. -<!--l. 2884--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2889--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.7 </span> <a id="x1-7100011.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5> -<!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: +<!--l. 2891--><p class="noindent" >Workaround: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53"> @@ -7123,29 +7179,35 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be use     \nobibliography{database}   \endgroup </pre> -<!--l. 2903--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2908--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2910--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.8 </span> <a id="x1-7200011.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5> -<!--l. 2907--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes -and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false). -<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not support package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bigfoot</span>. And package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">bigfoot </span>does not support <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s footnotes and +disables them (hyperfootnotes=false). +<!--l. 2917--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.9 </span> <a id="x1-7300011.1.9"></a>chappg</h5> -<!--l. 2914--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘chappg’ uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by ‘hyperref’. The package order is -therefore: +<!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">chappg </span>uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. The package order is therefore: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{chappg} </pre> -<!--l. 2920--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2922--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2925--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2927--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.10 </span> <a id="x1-7400011.1.10"></a>cite</h5> -<!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround +<!--l. 2929--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. However, I can do a workaround via: @@ -7156,14 +7218,15 @@ via:  \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 2934--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2936--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - +<!--l. 2939--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > so that <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many people). -<!--l. 2941--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2946--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.11 </span> <a id="x1-7500011.1.11"></a>count1to</h5> -<!--l. 2943--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse ‘hyperref’. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<...></span></span></span> has to be fixed: @@ -7179,28 +7242,29 @@ has to be fixed:     \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%   } </pre> -<!--l. 2955--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2960--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.12 </span> <a id="x1-7600011.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5> -<!--l. 2959--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: +<!--l. 2964--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{dblaccnt} </pre> -<!--l. 2963--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span +<!--l. 2968--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>. -<!--l. 2967--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2972--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.13 </span> <a id="x1-7700011.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5> -<!--l. 2968--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. -<!--l. 2971--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2973--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks. +<!--l. 2976--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.14 </span> <a id="x1-7800011.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5> -<!--l. 2973--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded +<!--l. 2978--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>(pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): @@ -7208,10 +7272,10 @@ before):   \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{ellipsis} </pre> -<!--l. 2978--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 2980--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2983--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2985--><p class="indent" > (this will lead to wrong ellipsis in the bookmarks, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> is needed). -<!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.15 </span> <a id="x1-7900011.1.15"></a>float</h5> @@ -7220,38 +7284,41 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> is needed).  \usepackage{float}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 2986--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 2991--><p class="nopar" > <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" >Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> -<!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" >Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul> +<!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.16 </span> <a id="x1-8000011.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5> -<!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.17 </span> <a id="x1-8100011.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5> -<!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it uses package ‘atbegshi’ instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of ‘foils.cls’ regarding hyperref +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of ‘foils.cls’ regarding <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span> is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b. -<!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.18 </span> <a id="x1-8200011.1.18"></a>footnote</h5> -<!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option +<!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s footnote support by using option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 3011--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3016--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.19 </span> <a id="x1-8300011.1.19"></a>geometry</h5> -<!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size +<!--l. 3018--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size Then prefer the program ‘dvipdfmx’ or use one of the following workarounds to move the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> of geometry to an earlier location: @@ -7284,24 +7351,24 @@ geometry to an earlier location:     ]{geometry}     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3045--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3050--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3052--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.20 </span> <a id="x1-8400011.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5> -<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >version <span +<!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" >version <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>V1.6b (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@makecaption</span></span></span>, see ChangeLog) -<!--l. 3052--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.21 </span> <a id="x1-8500011.1.21"></a>index</h5> -<!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" >version <span +<!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" >version <span class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition) -<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.22 </span> <a id="x1-8600011.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5> -<!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" >Compatible. -<!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" >Compatible. +<!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.23 </span> <a id="x1-8700011.1.23"></a>linguex</h5> @@ -7310,8 +7377,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)  \usepackage{hyperref}   \usepackage{linguex} </pre> -<!--l. 3066--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3071--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.24 </span> <a id="x1-8800011.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5> @@ -7321,20 +7388,27 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)   \usepackage{ltabptch}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3073--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3078--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.25 </span> <a id="x1-8900011.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5> -<!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. -<!--l. 3081--><p class="indent" > Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’ -after ‘hyperref’ to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment ‘eqnarray’ -properly, for example. -<!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported. +<!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" > Both <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mathenv </span>and <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>messes around with environment <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">eqnarray</span>. You can load <span +class="ec-lmss-10">mathenv </span>after +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">eqnarray </span>properly, for +example. +<!--l. 3093--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.26 </span> <a id="x1-9000011.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3090--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead. -<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc </span>instead. +<!--l. 3100--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.27 </span> <a id="x1-9100011.1.27"></a>multind</h5> @@ -7343,8 +7417,8 @@ properly, for example.  \usepackage{multind}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3099--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3101--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3104--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.28 </span> <a id="x1-9200011.1.28"></a>natbib</h5> @@ -7353,22 +7427,23 @@ properly, for example.  \usepackage{natbib}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3105--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3107--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3110--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3112--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.29 </span> <a id="x1-9300011.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5> -<!--l. 3108--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: +<!--l. 3113--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">       \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}} </pre> -<!--l. 3111--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3114--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3116--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.30 </span> <a id="x1-9400011.1.30"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5> -<!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead. -<!--l. 3119--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: +<!--l. 3120--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">ntheorem </span>instead. +<!--l. 3124--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66"> @@ -7378,8 +7453,8 @@ properly, for example.     But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name     is not available in general. </pre> -<!--l. 3126--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3131--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.31 </span> <a id="x1-9500011.1.31"></a>prettyref</h5> @@ -7404,8 +7479,8 @@ properly, for example. %%% example for prettyref %%%        </pre> -<!--l. 3148--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3153--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.32 </span> <a id="x1-9600011.1.32"></a>setspace</h5> @@ -7414,18 +7489,18 @@ properly, for example.  \usepackage{setspace}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3155--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3160--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.33 </span> <a id="x1-9700011.1.33"></a>sidecap</h5> -<!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. -<!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" >Nothing special is needed anymore. +<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.34 </span> <a id="x1-9800011.1.34"></a>subfigure</h5> -<!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span +<!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" >The package is obsolete. Use either <span class="ec-lmss-10">subfig </span>or <span class="ec-lmss-10">subcaption</span> -<!--l. 3164--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3169--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.35 </span> <a id="x1-9900011.1.35"></a>titleref</h5> @@ -7435,24 +7510,29 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">subcaption</span>   \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3169--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3174--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.36 </span> <a id="x1-10000011.1.36"></a>tabularx</h5> -<!--l. 3173--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional +<!--l. 3178--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">tabularx</span>, because they uses the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had -disabled footnotes entirely by ‘hyperfootnotes=false’. -<!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" > +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>had +disabled footnotes entirely by <span +class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span>. +<!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.37 </span> <a id="x1-10100011.1.37"></a>titlesec</h5> -<!--l. 3181--><p class="noindent" ><span -class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with -unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). -<!--l. 3186--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3186--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports <span +class="ec-lmss-10">titlesec</span>, but <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered +section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). +<!--l. 3191--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.38 </span> <a id="x1-10200011.1.38"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5> -<!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a +<!--l. 3193--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers @@ -7468,16 +7548,18 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this:     \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1}     \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}} </pre> -<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the +<!--l. 3206--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the characters directly. -<!--l. 3205--><p class="indent" > Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span +<!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" > Note: utf8 is now the default in LaTeX and <span class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>is no longer recommended. -<!--l. 3208--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3213--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.39 </span> <a id="x1-10300011.1.39"></a>varioref</h5> -<!--l. 3209--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is +<!--l. 3214--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with <span +class="ec-lmss-10">varioref</span>. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is now unsupported. -<!--l. 3212--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading +<!--l. 3217--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">varioref </span>works with the following loading order: @@ -7486,24 +7568,28 @@ order:     \usepackage{varioref}     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3218--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3221--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for -varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref. -<!--l. 3226--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported: +<!--l. 3223--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3226--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">varioref </span>that breaks the <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>support for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">varioref</span>. +<!--l. 3231--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3228--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Ref</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Vref</span></span></span> do not uppercase the first letter. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3229--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3234--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.</li></ul> -<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3238--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.40 </span> <a id="x1-10400011.1.40"></a>verse</h5> -<!--l. 3235--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. -<!--l. 3237--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): +<!--l. 3240--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. +<!--l. 3242--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> @@ -7548,8 +7634,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a pre   \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3281--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3283--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3286--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.41 </span> <a id="x1-10500011.1.41"></a>vietnam</h5> @@ -7560,20 +7646,21 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a pre   \usepackage{vietnam}   \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3289--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3291--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3294--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" > <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1.42 </span> <a id="x1-10600011.1.42"></a>XeTeX</h5> -<!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding. -<!--l. 3299--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a +<!--l. 3304--><p class="indent" > In older versions <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning -<!--l. 3303--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3308--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> convert</span><span @@ -7581,59 +7668,59 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10"> input</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> string</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> UTF16...</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3305--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. +<!--l. 3310--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span class="ec-lmvtt-10"> HyPsd@XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used. -<!--l. 3311--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3316--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a id="x1-10700012"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc7.html#fn6x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><a id="x1-107001f6"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a id="x1-10800012.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4> -<!--l. 3314--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other +<!--l. 3319--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone. -<!--l. 3318--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: +<!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" > Workarounds: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3320--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option + <!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option <span class="ec-lmss-10">linktocpage </span>can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section title is not forced into an one line link with overfull <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hbox</span></span></span> warning. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>”s are caught by package <span class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3326--><p class="noindent" >The option <span + <!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" >The option <span class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping, e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced. - <!--l. 3332--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break + <!--l. 3337--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread “hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2” in comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul> -<!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3343--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a id="x1-10900012.2"></a>Links across pages</h4> -<!--l. 3340--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: +<!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems: <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3342--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). + <!--l. 3347--><p class="noindent" >Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above). </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3343--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error + <!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" >The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error message can occur sometimes.</li></ul> -<!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3353--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.3 </span> <a id="x1-11000012.3"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3350--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between @@ -7645,18 +7732,19 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>. Therefore it is not clear in ge which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> references which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking. -Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +Thus the implementation of <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>does not support the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. -<!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3366--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a id="x1-11100013"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="hyperref-doc8.html#fn7x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">7</sup></a></span><a id="x1-111001f7"></a> </h3> <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a id="x1-11200013.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4> -<!--l. 3365--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3370--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7666,44 +7754,47 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">     \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3369--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets +<!--l. 3374--><p class="nopar" > Package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>now gets <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">     pdfborder=001 </pre> -<!--l. 3373--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: +<!--l. 3378--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">     \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3378--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3383--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">     \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1} </pre> -<!--l. 3382--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3387--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without space stripping in the value part. -<!--l. 3388--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the +<!--l. 3393--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the packages <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>). -<!--l. 3393--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3398--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a id="x1-11300013.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3395--><p class="noindent" >Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3400--><p class="noindent" >Package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> uses the page anchors that - are set by hyperref at each page (default). However in the default case page numbers are used + are set by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>at each page (default). However in the default case page numbers are used in anchor names in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats are used (book class with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\frontmatter</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7712,8 +7803,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\romannumbering</span></span></span>, ...), then the page an class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span> is recommended. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3405--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of - Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3410--><p class="noindent" >The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of + Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With logical markup this situation can easily be solved: @@ -7726,25 +7818,26 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With       ...       \index{Some example|main} </pre> - <!--l. 3417--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3422--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3418--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. + <!--l. 3423--><p class="noindent" >Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false. </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span + <!--l. 3425--><p class="noindent" >Other encap characters can be set by option <span class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of “?”: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">       \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} </pre> - <!--l. 3424--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3429--><p class="nopar" > </li> <li class="itemize"> - <!--l. 3425--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <!--l. 3430--><p class="noindent" >Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case, - hyperref’s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex=false</span></span></span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless of setting of hyperindex. @@ -7762,12 +7855,12 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless o encap_suffix "}" %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%% </pre> - <!--l. 3440--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> -<!--l. 3443--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 3445--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul> +<!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a id="x1-11400013.3"></a>Warning <span class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></h4> -<!--l. 3445--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: +<!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> @@ -7775,16 +7868,17 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults \providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0} \makeatother </pre> -<!--l. 3450--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3452--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3455--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3457--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a id="x1-11500013.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4> -<!--l. 3454--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding +<!--l. 3459--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps to a figure. In this case, try package <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the problem. -<!--l. 3462--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3467--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a id="x1-11600013.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4> @@ -7793,14 +7887,14 @@ problem. \documentclass[pdftex]{article} \usepackage[unicode]{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3466--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3468--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: -<!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3471--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3473--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters: +<!--l. 3475--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span> -<!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: -<!--l. 3474--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt -<!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3477--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg: +<!--l. 3479--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt +<!--l. 3481--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>): @@ -7809,9 +7903,9 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):     0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;...     1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;... </pre> -<!--l. 3480--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3482--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: -<!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a +<!--l. 3485--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3487--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code: +<!--l. 3489--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.) @@ -7819,9 +7913,10 @@ backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)     0227 -> \002\047     1EA1 -> \036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3491--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3493--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: -<!--l. 3495--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3496--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>: +<!--l. 3500--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal numbers): @@ -7830,8 +7925,8 @@ numbers):     \002\047 -> \9002\047     \036\241 -> \9036\241 </pre> -<!--l. 3502--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3504--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3507--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: @@ -7840,8 +7935,8 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:     \9002\047 -> \82\047 </pre> -<!--l. 3510--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3512--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: +<!--l. 3515--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3517--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX: <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87"> @@ -7853,15 +7948,16 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations: \end{document}        </pre> -<!--l. 3521--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3526--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3528--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a id="x1-11700013.6"></a>Footnotes</h4> -<!--l. 3525--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3530--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span> out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>. Here you can either disable hyperref’s footnote support by +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>. Here you can either disable <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s footnote support by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span> or fiddle with internal macros, nasty examples: @@ -7915,27 +8011,32 @@ C% \end{document} </pre> -<!--l. 3579--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3584--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3581--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3586--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a id="x1-11800013.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4> -<!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For +<!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to reset a counter in dependency to -another counter. Package hyperref hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +another counter. Package <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. Also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span> -of package amsmath is caught by hyperref. -<!--l. 3593--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old +of package amsmath is caught by <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. +<!--l. 3598--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, the old meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span -class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without hyperref’s additions. Then the companion counter macro +class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without <span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s additions. Then the companion counter macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after -hyperref is loaded. -<!--l. 3599--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<span +class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded. +<!--l. 3604--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case: @@ -7943,14 +8044,14 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]     \usepackage{hyperref} </pre> -<!--l. 3603--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) +<!--l. 3608--><p class="nopar" > Solution a) <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section} </pre> -<!--l. 3608--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) +<!--l. 3613--><p class="nopar" > Solution b) <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91"> @@ -7958,11 +8059,11 @@ class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:     \usepackage{hyperref}     \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}} </pre> -<!--l. 3614--><p class="nopar" > -<!--l. 3616--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3619--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3621--><p class="noindent" > <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14 </span> <a id="x1-11900014"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3> -<!--l. 3618--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span +<!--l. 3623--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span @@ -7975,12 +8076,12 @@ Carlisle, T. V. Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, t get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they found. -<!--l. 3631--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has +<!--l. 3636--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX are entirely due to him! The investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into PDF. -<!--l. 3639--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span +<!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers. Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span @@ -7994,14 +8095,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with <span class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one day. -<!--l. 3648--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and +<!--l. 3653--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights; D. P. Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>. -<!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. -<!--l. 3657--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span +<!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost. +<!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support, frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit @@ -8011,61 +8112,61 @@ class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15 </span> <a id="x1-12000015"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3> -<!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 -<!--l. 3700--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span +<!--l. 3702--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002 +<!--l. 3705--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. -<!--l. 3706--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3711--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a id="x1-121000"></a>Preamble</h4> -<!--l. 3708--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document +<!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. -<!--l. 3716--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must +<!--l. 3721--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. -<!--l. 3721--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software +<!--l. 3726--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -<!--l. 3730--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1 </span> <a id="x1-12200015.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4> -<!--l. 3733--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by +<!--l. 3738--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. -<!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a +<!--l. 3748--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. -<!--l. 3747--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals +<!--l. 3752--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. -<!--l. 3758--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of +<!--l. 3763--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. -<!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or +<!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. -<!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format +<!--l. 3776--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or @@ -8074,7 +8175,7 @@ otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been a discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”. -<!--l. 3784--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo +<!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include @@ -8082,26 +8183,26 @@ proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word process or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. -<!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are +<!--l. 3800--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -<!--l. 3802--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely +<!--l. 3807--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition. -<!--l. 3810--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this +<!--l. 3815--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License. -<!--l. 3818--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2 </span> <a id="x1-12300015.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4> -<!--l. 3821--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, +<!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the @@ -8109,14 +8210,14 @@ copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section <a href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>. -<!--l. 3832--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display +<!--l. 3837--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. -<!--l. 3836--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3 </span> <a id="x1-12400015.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4> -<!--l. 3839--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, +<!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly @@ -8125,10 +8226,10 @@ words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. -<!--l. 3852--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones +<!--l. 3857--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. -<!--l. 3857--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must +<!--l. 3862--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free @@ -8137,31 +8238,31 @@ begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. -<!--l. 3870--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before +<!--l. 3875--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -<!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3880--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.4 </span> <a id="x1-12500015.4"></a>Modifications</h4> -<!--l. 3878--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a +<!--l. 3883--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a href="#x1-12300015.2">15.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a> and <a href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -<!--l. 3887--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 3892--><p class="indent" > <ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125002x1"> - <!--l. 3888--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, + <!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125004x2"> - <!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship + <!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" >List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement. @@ -8169,35 +8270,35 @@ Version: </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125006x3"> - <!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. + <!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" >State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125008x4"> - <!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. + <!--l. 3905--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125010x5"> - <!--l. 3901--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright + <!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125012x6"> - <!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission + <!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" >Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125014x7"> - <!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts + <!--l. 3911--><p class="noindent" >Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document’s license notice. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125016x8"> - <!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. + <!--l. 3913--><p class="noindent" >Include an unaltered copy of this License. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125018x9"> - <!--l. 3909--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at + <!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item @@ -8205,7 +8306,7 @@ Version: </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125020x10"> - <!--l. 3916--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a + <!--l. 3921--><p class="noindent" >Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the @@ -8215,96 +8316,96 @@ Version: </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125022x11"> - <!--l. 3923--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the + <!--l. 3928--><p class="noindent" >For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125024x12"> - <!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their + <!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" >Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125026x13"> - <!--l. 3930--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the + <!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125028x14"> - <!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with + <!--l. 3937--><p class="noindent" >Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. </li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-125030x15"> - <!--l. 3934--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. + <!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" >Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. </li></ol> -<!--l. 3938--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary +<!--l. 3943--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -<!--l. 3945--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of +<!--l. 3950--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties–for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. -<!--l. 3951--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as +<!--l. 3956--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -<!--l. 3961--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their +<!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -<!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3971--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.5 </span> <a id="x1-12600015.5"></a>Combining documents</h4> -<!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms +<!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section <a href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. -<!--l. 3977--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant +<!--l. 3982--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -<!--l. 3986--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original +<!--l. 3991--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements”. -<!--l. 3993--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.6 </span> <a id="x1-12700015.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4> -<!--l. 3996--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, +<!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -<!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this +<!--l. 4007--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -<!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4013--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.7 </span> <a id="x1-12800015.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4> -<!--l. 4011--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or +<!--l. 4016--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -<!--l. 4020--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a +<!--l. 4025--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a href="#x1-12400015.3">15.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. -<!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4034--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.8 </span> <a id="x1-12900015.8"></a>Translation</h4> -<!--l. 4032--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document +<!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section <a href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant @@ -8315,53 +8416,53 @@ provided that you also include the original English version of this License and versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. -<!--l. 4046--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the +<!--l. 4051--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section <a href="#x1-12500015.4">15.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section <a href="#x1-12200015.1">15.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual title. -<!--l. 4053--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4058--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.9 </span> <a id="x1-13000015.9"></a>Termination</h4> -<!--l. 4056--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under +<!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. -<!--l. 4065--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4070--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.10 </span> <a id="x1-13100015.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4> -<!--l. 4068--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation +<!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -<!--l. 4074--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a +<!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -<!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4089--><p class="noindent" > <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a id="x1-132000"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4> -<!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and +<!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page: -<!--l. 4090--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 4095--><p class="indent" > <blockquote class="quote"> - <!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span + <!--l. 4096--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span class="ts1-lmr10-">©</span> YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.</blockquote> -<!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” +<!--l. 4105--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this: -<!--l. 4103--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and +<!--l. 4108--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. -<!--l. 4106--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge +<!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. -<!--l. 4110--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these +<!--l. 4115--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf Binary files differindex 63539a50a2..039f817ee3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex index d9c272e811..5db76cd05e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ } \makeatother \title{Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for \xpackage{hyperref}} -\date{2023-04-22 v7.00x} +\date{2023-05-16 v7.00y} \begin{document} @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ the patches and to offer interfaces to suppress them in a more granular way. \begin{description} \item[sectioning commands] \begin{itemize} -\item hyperref patches \cs{@sect}, \cs{@ssect}, \cs{@chapter}, \cs{@schapter}, +\item \xpackage{hyperref} patches \cs{@sect}, \cs{@ssect}, \cs{@chapter}, \cs{@schapter}, \cs{@part}, \cs{@spart}. \item It adds to the starred commands a target for a link (with the @@ -532,9 +532,9 @@ to add commands to store the title text in \cs{@currentlabelname}. Check the \xpackage{nameref} documentation about a way to suppress these patches. \end{itemize} -\item[footnotes] To enable (partly) the linking of footnotes hyperref redefines or patches various commands, in part package dependant. +\item[footnotes] To enable (partly) the linking of footnotes \xpackage{hyperref} redefines or patches various commands, in part package dependant. \begin{itemize} -\item hyperref redefines \cs{@xfootnotenext}, \cs{@xfootnotemark}, \cs{@mpfootnotetext}, +\item \xpackage{hyperref} redefines \cs{@xfootnotenext}, \cs{@xfootnotemark}, \cs{@mpfootnotetext}, \cs{@footnotetext}, \cs{@footnotemark}. If \xpackage{tabularx} is loaded it changes \cs{TX@endtabularx}. If \xpackage{longtable} is loaded it changes \cs{LT@p@ftntext}. If \xpackage{fancyvfb} is loaded it redefines \cs{V@@footnotetext}. It also redefines \cs{footref} and \cs{maketitle}. @@ -542,13 +542,13 @@ Check the \xpackage{nameref} documentation about a way to suppress these patches \item \emph{All} those redefinitions can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@footnote}. Be aware that this can suppress links but also make unwanted links appear. \end{itemize} -\item[amsmath tags] hyperref redefines two internal commands of amsmath +\item[amsmath tags] \xpackage{hyperref} redefines two internal commands of amsmath related the \cs{tag} command to add an anchor. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@amsmath@tag}. (This normally makes no sense in packages but will probably be needed when math environments are changed to allow tagging.) -\item[counters] hyperref patches the kernel command \cs{@definecounter}, +\item[counters] \xpackage{hyperref} patches the kernel command \cs{@definecounter}, \cs{@newctr}, \cs{@addtoreset} and the amsmath command \cs{numberwithin} to ensure that for every counter the correct \cs{theHcounter} representation is created or reset. This code can be suppressed by @@ -556,23 +556,26 @@ Check the \xpackage{nameref} documentation about a way to suppress these patches packages but will probably be needed when kernel commands are changed to allow tagging.) -\item[math environments] hyperref patches \cs{equation}/\cs{endequation}, \cs{eqnarray}, +\item[math environments] \xpackage{hyperref} patches \cs{equation}/\cs{endequation}, \cs{eqnarray}, \cs{endeqnarray}. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@mathenv}. -\item[table of contents] hyperref redefines \cs{contentsline} to be able to add links to +\item[table of contents] \xpackage{hyperref} redefines \cs{contentsline} to be able to add links to toc entries. It redefines \cs{addcontentsline} to create the bookmarks and pass the destination names to the toc entries. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@toc}. -\item[captions] hyperref redefines \cs{caption} and \cs{@caption} to insert targets for links. +\item[captions] \xpackage{hyperref} redefines \cs{caption} and \cs{@caption} to insert targets for links. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@caption} (additional helper commands are not suppressed). As various packages redefine captions too (e.g. the \xpackage{caption} package) side-effects must be carefully tested! -\item[longtable] hyperref redefines \cs{LT@start} and \cs{LT@array} to move the targets in a better place. +\item[longtable] \xpackage{hyperref} redefines \cs{LT@start} and \cs{LT@array} to move the targets in a better place. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@longtable} -\item[theorems] hyperref patches \cs{@thm}. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@thm} +\item[theorems] \xpackage{hyperref} patches \cs{@thm}. This code can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@thm} + +\item[citations and bibliography] If \xpackage{natbib} is not loaded \xpackage{hyperref} redefines \cs{bibcite}, +\cs{@lbibitem} and \cs{@bibitem}. These redefinitions can be suppressed by defining \cs{hyper@nopatch@bib}. \end{description} \section{Package options} @@ -589,7 +592,7 @@ Note however that some options (for example \texttt{unicode}) can only be used a package options, and not in \verb|\hypersetup| as the option settings are processed as the package is read. The following tabular lists (hopefully all) these options. Be aware that some of the option do nothing or have -changed behaviour if the new pdfmanagement and so the new generic hyperref driver is used. +changed behaviour if the new pdfmanagement and so the new generic \xpackage{hyperref} driver is used. \begin{tabular}{>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{5cm}} option & remark \\\hline @@ -628,7 +631,7 @@ colorlinks=true} \end{verbatim} \item A global option in the file, which is passed down to -\textsf{hyperref}: +\xpackage{hyperref}: \begin{verbatim} \documentclass[dvips]{article} @@ -833,7 +836,7 @@ plainpages & boolean & false & Forces page anchors to be named by the Arabic raiselinks & boolean & true & In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained text; this options forces \verb|\special| commands to reflect the real height of the link (which could contain a graphic) \\ -breaklinks & boolean & both & This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn't do anything sensible---it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package +breaklinks & boolean & both & This option is in \xpackage{hyperref} only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn't do anything sensible---it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package checks the state of the boolean.\\ pageanchor & boolean & true & Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this is turned off, \verb|\printindex| will not contain @@ -867,16 +870,16 @@ because driver \textsf{dvips} provides much more features than \begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lp{.8\hsize}@{}} driverfallback & Its value is used as driver option\\ & if the driver is not given or autodetected.\\ -dvipdfm & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfm} driver.\\ -dvipdfmx & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfmx} driver.\\ -dvips & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvips} driver. \\ -dvipsone & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipsone} driver. \\ -dviwindo & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dviwindo} Windows previewer. \\ -hypertex & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the Hyper\TeX-compliant drivers. \\ +dvipdfm & Sets up \xpackage{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfm} driver.\\ +dvipdfmx & Sets up \xpackage{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfmx} driver.\\ +dvips & Sets up \xpackage{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvips} driver. \\ +dvipsone & Sets up \xpackage{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipsone} driver. \\ +dviwindo & Sets up \xpackage{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dviwindo} Windows previewer. \\ +hypertex & Sets up \xpackage{hyperref} for use with the Hyper\TeX-compliant drivers. \\ latex2html & Redefines a few macros for compatibility with \textsf{latex2html}. \\ nativepdf & An alias for \textsf{dvips} \\ pdfmark & An alias for \textsf{dvips} \\ -pdftex & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{pdftex} program.\\ +pdftex & Sets up \xpackage{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{pdftex} program.\\ ps2pdf & Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript's PDF writer, otherwise identical to \textsf{dvips}. \\ @@ -960,7 +963,7 @@ CJKbookmarks & boolean & false & supports both normal and preprocessed mode of the \xpackage{CJK} package; during the creation of bookmarks, it simply replaces CJK's macros with special versions which expand to the corresponding character - codes. Note that without the `unicode' option of hyperref you get + codes. Note that without the `unicode' option of \xpackage{hyperref} you get PDF files which actually violate the PDF specification because non-Unicode character codes are used -- some PDF readers localized for CJK languages (most notably Acroread itself) support this. @@ -1090,7 +1093,7 @@ is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also pdf\TeX\ works by supplying default values for \texttt{XYZ} (horizontal $\times$ vertical $\times$ zoom) and \texttt{FitBH}. However, drivers using -\texttt{pdfmark} do not supply defaults, so \textsf{hyperref} passes in +\texttt{pdfmark} do not supply defaults, so \xpackage{hyperref} passes in a value of -32768, which causes Acrobat to set (usually) sensible defaults. The following are possible values for the \texttt{pdfview}, \texttt{pdfstartview} and \texttt{pdfremotestartview} parameters. @@ -1176,7 +1179,7 @@ Example: \subsection{Big alphabetical list} The following is a complete listing of available options for -\textsf{hyperref}, arranged alphabetically. +\xpackage{hyperref}, arranged alphabetically. \begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{7cm}@{}} allbordercolors & & Set all border color options\\ @@ -1312,7 +1315,7 @@ must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is defined). The special characters \# and \%{} do \emph{not} need to be escaped in any way (unless the command is used in the argument of another command). -The optional argument \emph{options} recognizes the hyperref options +The optional argument \emph{options} recognizes the \xpackage{hyperref} options \texttt{pdfremotestartview}, \texttt{pdfnewwindow} and the following key value options: \begin{description} @@ -1454,14 +1457,14 @@ bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g.\ `section 2' instead of merely the number `2'). The label is worked out from the context of the original \verb|\label| -command by \textsf{hyperref} by using the macros listed below (shown +command by \xpackage{hyperref} by using the macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using \verb|\(re)newcommand|; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author's practice. -For each macro below, \textsf{hyperref} checks \ci{*autorefname} before +For each macro below, \xpackage{hyperref} checks \ci{*autorefname} before \ci{*name}. For instance, it looks for \ci{figureautorefname} before \ci{figurename}. @@ -1591,7 +1594,7 @@ definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local: In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko -Oberdiek's Euro\TeX\ paper distributed with \textsf{hyperref}. +Oberdiek's Euro\TeX\ paper distributed with \xpackage{hyperref}. \begin{cmdsyntax} \ci{begin}\verb|{NoHyper}|\ldots\ci{end}\verb|{NoHyper}| @@ -1606,7 +1609,7 @@ Oberdiek's Euro\TeX\ paper distributed with \textsf{hyperref}. \subsubsection{Setting bookmarks} -Usually \textsf{hyperref} automatically adds bookmarks for +Usually \xpackage{hyperref} automatically adds bookmarks for \verb|\section| and similar macros. But they can also set manually. \begin{cmdsyntax} @@ -1634,7 +1637,7 @@ creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current bookmark level has not changed. \noindent \textbf{Hint:} Package \textsf{bookmark} replaces -\textsf{hyperref}'s bookmark organization by a new algorithm: +\xpackage{hyperref}'s bookmark organization by a new algorithm: \begin{itemize} \item Usually only one \LaTeX\ run is needed. \item More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font). @@ -1645,7 +1648,7 @@ Therefore I recommend using this package. \subsubsection{Replacement macros}\label{sec:texorpdfstring} -\textsf{hyperref} takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of +\xpackage{hyperref} takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like \ci{section}, which can contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is. @@ -1886,7 +1889,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. \begin{verbatim} \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO} \end{verbatim} - If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values + If a \xpackage{hyperref} OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values `true' or `false', then \verb|\IfHyperBooleanExists| calls YES, otherwise NO. @@ -1900,7 +1903,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. Both macros are expandable. Additionally option `stoppedearly' is available. It is enabled if \verb|\MaybeStopEarly| or \verb|\MaybeStopNow| - end hyperref prematurely. + end \xpackage{hyperref} prematurely. \subsection{\textbackslash unichar} @@ -1908,7 +1911,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using \verb|\unichar|. Its name and syntax is inherited from package `ucs'. However it is defined independently for - use in hyperref's \verb|\pdfstringdef| (that converts arbitrary + use in \xpackage{hyperref}'s \verb|\pdfstringdef| (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this). @@ -1961,7 +1964,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide such an accent. - Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. + Now we can extend the definition to support \xpackage{hyperref}. The first and the last word are already supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support @@ -2005,7 +2008,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. - For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts \verb|\hyperpage| + For hyperlink support in the index, \xpackage{hyperref} inserts \verb|\hyperpage| into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, \verb|\hyperpage| analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly: @@ -2056,8 +2059,8 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. \subsection{Option `pdfa'} The new option `pdfa' tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code - generated by hyperref. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A, - because many features aren't controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata, + generated by \xpackage{hyperref}. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A, + because many features aren't controlled by \xpackage{hyperref} (XMP metadata, fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...). @@ -2075,7 +2078,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. \item Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2] \item Push button (because of JavaScript) \item Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default `false' - (Because of this, hyperref's implementation of Forms looks ugly). + (Because of this, \xpackage{hyperref}'s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9] \end{itemize} \end{itemize} @@ -2083,7 +2086,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. The default value of the new option `pdfa' is `false'. It influences - the loading of the package and cannot be changed after hyperref is + the loading of the package and cannot be changed after \xpackage{hyperref} is loaded (\verb|\usepackage{hyperref}|). @@ -2292,7 +2295,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. \subsection{Option pdfusetitle} - If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to + If option pdfusetitle is set then \xpackage{hyperref} tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from \verb|\title| and \verb|\author|. An optional argument for \verb|\title| and \verb|\author| is supported (class amsart). @@ -2351,14 +2354,14 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. distinguishes three cases: \begin{itemize} \item \xoption{bookmarksdepth} without value - Then hyperref uses the current value of counter \xoption{tocdepth}. + Then \xpackage{hyperref} uses the current value of counter \xoption{tocdepth}. This is the compatible behaviour and the default. \item \verb"bookmarksdepth=<number>", the value is number (also negative): The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number. \item \verb"bookmarksdepth=<name>" The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up - with the number case. Internally hyperref uses the value + with the number case. Internally \xpackage{hyperref} uses the value of macro \verb|\toclevel@<name>|. Examples: \begin{verbatim} @@ -2398,12 +2401,12 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. \subsection{Default driver setting} (hyperref $\ge$ 6.72s) - If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the + If no driver is given, \xpackage{hyperref} tries its best to guess the most suitable driver. Thus it loads \xoption{hpdftex}, if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the corresponding VTeX driver for VTeX's working modes. Unhappily many driver programs run after the TeX compiler, - so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). + so \xpackage{hyperref} does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). In this case driver \xoption{hypertex} is loaded that supports the HyperTeX features that are recognized by xdvi for example. This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration @@ -2415,7 +2418,7 @@ an anchor name which can be referenced with a bookmark command. \begin{verbatim} \providecommand*{\Hy@defaultdriver}{hypertex} \end{verbatim} - for the default behaviour of hyperref. + for the default behaviour of \xpackage{hyperref}. See also the new option `driverfallback'. @@ -2756,7 +2759,7 @@ width & dimen & & width of field box \end{longtable} \section{Defining a new driver} -A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: +A \xpackage{hyperref} driver has to provide definitions for eight macros: \smallskip \noindent 1. \verb|\hyper@anchor| @@ -2857,8 +2860,8 @@ Currently only package loading orders are available: \subsubsection{arydshln, longtable} - Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, - hyperref after arydshln generates an error, thus the + Package \xpackage{longtable} must be put before \xpackage{hyperref} and \xpackage{arydshln}, + \xpackage{hyperref} after \xpackage{arydshln} generates an error, thus the resulting package order is then: \begin{verbatim} @@ -2906,14 +2909,14 @@ Currently only package loading orders are available: \subsubsection{bigfoot} - Hyperref does not support package `bigfoot'. And package - `bigfoot' does not support hyperref's footnotes and disables + \xpackage{hyperref} does not support package \xpackage{bigfoot}. And package + \xpackage{bigfoot} does not support \xpackage{hyperref}'s footnotes and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false). \subsubsection{chappg} - Package `chappg' uses \verb|\@addtoreset| that is redefined by `hyperref'. + Package \xpackage{chappg} uses \verb|\@addtoreset| that is redefined by \xpackage{hyperref}. The package order is therefore: \begin{verbatim} @@ -2924,7 +2927,7 @@ Currently only package loading orders are available: \subsubsection{cite} This is from Mike Shell: - cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. + cite.sty cannot currently be used with \xpackage{hyperref}. However, I can do a workaround via: \begin{verbatim} @@ -2935,7 +2938,7 @@ Currently only package loading orders are available: \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref} \end{verbatim} - so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty + so that \xpackage{hyperref} will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal - although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many people). @@ -2973,7 +2976,7 @@ Currently only package loading orders are available: \subsubsection{ellipsis} This packages redefines \verb|\textellipsis| - after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): + after package \xpackage{hyperref} (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before): \begin{verbatim} \usepackage{hyperref} \usepackage{ellipsis} @@ -2997,16 +3000,16 @@ Currently only package loading orders are available: \subsubsection{foiltex} Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: - Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into \verb|\@begindvi|, + Since version 6.77a \xpackage{hyperref} does not hack into \verb|\@begindvi|, it uses package `atbegshi' instead, that hooks into \verb|\shipout|. - Thus the patch of `foils.cls' regarding hyperref is now obsolete + Thus the patch of `foils.cls' regarding \xpackage{hyperref} is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about \verb|\@hyperfixhead|. This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b. \subsubsection{footnote} - This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref's footnote + This package is not supported, you have to disable \xpackage{hyperref}'s footnote support by using option \verb"hyperfootnotes=false". @@ -3080,17 +3083,17 @@ Currently only package loading orders are available: - Both `mathenv' and `hyperref' messes around with - environment `eqnarray'. You can load `mathenv' after - `hyperref' to avoid an error message. But \verb|\label| - will not work inside environment `eqnarray' properly, + Both \xpackage{mathenv} and \xpackage{hyperref} messes around with + environment \texttt{eqnarray}. You can load \xpackage{mathenv} after + \xpackage{hyperref} to avoid an error message. But \verb|\label| + will not work inside environment \texttt{eqnarray} properly, for example. \subsubsection{minitoc-hyper} This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original - package minitoc instead. + package \xpackage{minitoc} instead. @@ -3115,7 +3118,7 @@ Example for introducing links for the page numbers: \subsubsection{ntheorem-hyper} This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original - package ntheorem instead. + package \xpackage{ntheorem} instead. For equations the following might work: @@ -3172,15 +3175,15 @@ or \xpackage{subcaption} \subsubsection{tabularx} - Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment `tabularx', + Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment \texttt{tabularx}, because they uses the optional argument of \verb|\footnotetext|, see section `Limitations'. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i - hyperref had disabled footnotes entirely by `hyperfootnotes=false'. + \xpackage{hyperref} had disabled footnotes entirely by \texttt{hyperfootnotes=false}. \subsubsection{titlesec} - \xpackage{nameref} supports titlesec, but hyperref does not + \xpackage{nameref} supports \xpackage{titlesec}, but \xpackage{hyperref} does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones). @@ -3208,10 +3211,10 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no longer recommended. \subsubsection{varioref} - There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to + There are too many problems with \xpackage{varioref}. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is now unsupported. - Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works + Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of \xpackage{varioref} works with the following loading order: \begin{verbatim} \usepackage{nameref} @@ -3221,8 +3224,8 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, - 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for varioref that breaks - the hyperref support for varioref. + 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for \xpackage{varioref} that breaks + the \xpackage{hyperref} support for \xpackage{varioref}. Also unsupported: @@ -3234,7 +3237,7 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no \subsubsection{verse} - Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref. + Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for \xpackage{hyperref}. For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified): @@ -3298,7 +3301,7 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set, The reason is that the \verb|\special| does not support PDFDocEncoding. - In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from + In older versions \xpackage{hyperref} contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning @@ -3355,7 +3358,7 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no \verb|\footnotemark| to \verb|\footnotetext| is not as strong as \verb|\ref| to \verb|\label|. Therefore it is not clear in general which \verb|\footnotemark| references which \verb|\footnotetext|. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking. - Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional + Thus the implementation of \xpackage{hyperref} does not support the optional argument of \verb|\footnotemark| and \verb|\footnotetext|. @@ -3369,7 +3372,7 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no \begin{verbatim} \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref} \end{verbatim} - Package hyperref now gets + Package \xpackage{hyperref} now gets \begin{verbatim} pdfborder=001 \end{verbatim} @@ -3394,11 +3397,11 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no \subsection{Index with makeindex} \begin{itemize} - \item Package hyperref adds \verb|\hyperpage| commands by the encap + \item Package \xpackage{hyperref} adds \verb|\hyperpage| commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). \verb|\hyperpage| uses the page anchors that are set by - hyperref at each page (default). However in the + \xpackage{hyperref} at each page (default). However in the default case page numbers are used in anchor names in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats are used (book class with \verb|\frontmatter|, \verb|\romannumbering|, ...), @@ -3406,7 +3409,7 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no \verb"plainpages=false" is recommended. \item The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of Makeindex). - If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its + If the user sets such a command, \xpackage{hyperref} suppresses its \verb|\hyperpage| command. With logical markup this situation can easily be solved: \begin{verbatim} @@ -3425,7 +3428,7 @@ Note: utf8 is now the default in \LaTeX{} and \xpackage{ucs} is no \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref} \end{verbatim} \item Another possibility is the insertion of \verb|\hyperpage| by - a style file for makeindex. For this case, hyperref's + a style file for makeindex. For this case, \xpackage{hyperref}'s insertion will be disabled by \verb"hyperindex=false". \verb|\hyperpage| will be defined regardless of setting of hyperindex. \begin{verbatim} @@ -3454,7 +3457,7 @@ encap_suffix "}" \subsection{Link anchors in figures} The caption command increments the counter and here is the - place where hyperref set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily + place where \xpackage{hyperref} set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps to a figure. In this case, try package \xpackage{hypcap} that implements @@ -3492,7 +3495,7 @@ Support for additional unicode characters: 1EA1 -> \036\241 \end{verbatim} - 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref: + 4. Transform into a form understood by \xpackage{hyperref}: Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by \verb"9" (8 and 9 cannot occur in @@ -3526,7 +3529,7 @@ Support for additional unicode characters: The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use \verb|\footnotemark| and \verb|\footnotetext| out of order or reusing - \verb|\footnotemark|. Here you can either disable hyperref's footnote + \verb|\footnotemark|. Here you can either disable \xpackage{hyperref}'s footnote support by \verb"hyperfootnotes=false" or fiddle with internal macros, nasty examples: @@ -3587,16 +3590,16 @@ C% might be numbered within chapters or \verb|\newtheorem| is used with an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses \verb|\@addtoreset| to reset a counter in dependency to another counter. Package - hyperref hooks into \verb|\@addtoreset| to catch this situation. - Also \verb|\numberwithin| of package amsmath is caught by hyperref. + \xpackage{hyperref} hooks into \verb|\@addtoreset| to catch this situation. + Also \verb|\numberwithin| of package amsmath is caught by \xpackage{hyperref}. However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place - before hyperref is loaded, the old meaning of \verb|\@addtoreset| is - called without hyperref's additions. Then the companion counter + before \xpackage{hyperref} is loaded, the old meaning of \verb|\@addtoreset| is + called without \xpackage{hyperref}'s additions. Then the companion counter macro \verb|\theH<counter>| can be redefined accordingly. Or move the - definition of subordinate counters after hyperref is loaded. + definition of subordinate counters after \xpackage{hyperref} is loaded. Example for \verb|\newtheorem|, problematic case: \begin{verbatim} @@ -3644,7 +3647,7 @@ the changes needed for \textsf{dvipdf}, and \Hologo{HanTheThanh} supplied all th information needed for \textsf{pdftex}. Patrick Daly kindly updated his \xpackage{natbib} package to allow easy integration with \xpackage{hyperref}. Michael Mehlich's \xpackage{hyper} package (developed -in parallel with \textsf{hyperref}) showed me solutions for some +in parallel with \xpackage{hyperref}) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one day. The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T.\ V.\ Raman, for diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf Binary files differindex dc4e5313a7..8b0151bbfe 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-linktarget.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf Binary files differindex 592cd5be4a..e4576ab482 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf Binary files differindex eabd2ab2a4..9d9b8a5905 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/nameref.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx index 876b0cedbb..6c335e5df4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hluatex.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse % Source File: hluatex.dtx -% 2023-04-22 v7.00x +% 2023-05-16 v7.00y % % Copyright % 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ % % \begin{macrocode} %<*luatex> -%% 2023-04-22 v7.00x +%% 2023-05-16 v7.00y %% force unicode encoding, see issue #101 %% code mostly copied from hxetex.def \HyPsd@LoadUnicode diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx index 6466ef0203..a13e0b9da7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-linktarget.dtx @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ % }^^A % } % -% \date{Version 2023-04-22 v7.00x} +% \date{Version 2023-05-16 v7.00y} % % \maketitle % \begin{documentation} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx index 4dd20ba53a..7aaad9ac18 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref-patches.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % }^^A % } % -% \date{Version 2023-04-22 v7.00x} +% \date{Version 2023-05-16 v7.00y} % % \maketitle % \begin{documentation} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx index dfe514a065..df20f32b36 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.dtx @@ -48,11 +48,10 @@ %<pd1enc>\ProvidesFile{pd1enc.def} %<puenc>\ProvidesFile{puenc.def} %<puextra>\ProvidesFile{puenc-extra.def} -%<pugreek>\ProvidesFile{puenc-greekbasic.def} %<puvnenc>\ProvidesFile{puvnenc.def} %<puarenc>\ProvidesFile{puarenc.def} %<psdextra>\ProvidesFile{psdextra.def} -%<!none&!packageEnd> [2023-04-22 v7.00x % +%<!none&!packageEnd> [2023-05-16 v7.00y % %<package> Hypertext links for LaTeX] %<nohyperref> Dummy hyperref (SR)] %<driver> Hyperref documentation driver file] @@ -89,7 +88,6 @@ %<pd1enc> Hyperref: PDFDocEncoding definition (HO)] %<puenc> Hyperref: PDF Unicode definition (HO)] %<puextra> Hyperref: PDF Unicode extra definition (HO)] -%<pugreek> Hyperref: PDF Unicode definition (greek block) (HO)] %<puvnenc> Hyperref: Additions to puenc.def for VnTeX] %<puarenc> Hyperref: Additions to puenc.def for Arabi] %<psdextra> Hyperref: Additions to PDF string support] @@ -2047,10 +2045,6 @@ \def\HyPsd@LoadExtra{% \ifHy@psdextra \ltx@iffileloaded{puenc.def}{% - \ltx@iffileloaded{puenc-greekbasic.def}{}{% - \Hy@SaveCatcodeSettings{pu}% - \input{puenc-greekbasic.def}% - \Hy@RestoreCatcodeSettings{pu}}% \Hy@SaveCatcodeSettings{psdextra}% \input{psdextra.def}% \Hy@RestoreCatcodeSettings{psdextra}% @@ -4252,27 +4246,14 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Package xr and xr-hyper} -% The beta version of xr that supports \cmd{\XR@addURL} is called -% \verb|xr-hyper|. Therefore we test for the macro itself and not -% for the package name: -% \begin{macrocode} -\ltx@IfUndefined{XR@addURL}{% -}{% -% \end{macrocode} +% +% The beta version of xr that supports \cmd{\XR@addURL} is called +% \verb|xr-hyper|. % If reading external aux files check whether they have a non zero % fourth field in |\newlabel| and if so, add the URL as the fifth field. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\XR@addURL#1{\XR@@dURL#1{}{}{}{}\\}% - \def\XR@@dURL#1#2#3#4#5\\{% - {#1}{#2}% - \if!#4!% - \else - {#3}{#4}{\XR@URL}% - \fi - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} +% Change 2023-05-14: xr-hyper adds the field. % +% % \begin{macrocode} \def\Hy@true{true} \def\Hy@false{false} @@ -11481,77 +11462,80 @@ % not expanded immediately, we use \cs{@extra@b@citeb}, so cites in a % chapter will link to the bibliography in that chapter. % \begin{macrocode} -\ltx@IfUndefined{NAT@parse}{% - \providecommand*\@extra@binfo{}% - \providecommand*\@extra@b@citeb{}% - \def\bibcite#1#2{% - \@newl@bel{b}{#1\@extra@binfo}{% - \hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1\@extra@b@citeb}{#2}% - }% - }% - \gdef\@extra@binfo{}% +\@ifundefined{hyper@nopatch@bib} + {% + \ltx@IfUndefined{NAT@parse}{% + \providecommand*\@extra@binfo{}% + \providecommand*\@extra@b@citeb{}% + \def\bibcite#1#2{% + \@newl@bel{b}{#1\@extra@binfo}{% + \hyper@@link[cite]{}{cite.#1\@extra@b@citeb}{#2}% + }% + }% + \gdef\@extra@binfo{}% % \end{macrocode} % Package |babel| redefines \cmd{\bibcite} with % macro \cmd{\bbl@cite@choice}. It needs to be overwritten % to avoid the warning ``Label(s) may have changed.''. % \begin{macrocode} - \let\Hy@bibcite\bibcite - \begingroup - \@ifundefined{bbl@cite@choice}{}{% - \g@addto@macro\bbl@cite@choice{% - \let\bibcite\Hy@bibcite - }% - }% - \endgroup + \let\Hy@bibcite\bibcite + \begingroup + \@ifundefined{bbl@cite@choice}{}{% + \g@addto@macro\bbl@cite@choice{% + \let\bibcite\Hy@bibcite + }% + }% + \endgroup % \end{macrocode} % |\@BIBLABEL| is working around a `feature' of Rev\TeX. % \begin{macrocode} - \providecommand*{\@BIBLABEL}{\@biblabel}% - \def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{% - \@skiphyperreftrue - \H@item[% - \ifx\Hy@raisedlink\@empty - \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#2\@extra@b@citeb}% - \@BIBLABEL{#1}% - \hyper@anchorend - \else - \Hy@raisedlink{% - \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#2\@extra@b@citeb}\hyper@anchorend - }% - \@BIBLABEL{#1}% - \fi - \hfill - ]% - \@skiphyperreffalse - \if@filesw - \begingroup - \let\protect\noexpand - \immediate\write\@auxout{% - \string\bibcite{#2}{#1}% - }% - \endgroup - \fi - \ignorespaces - }% + \providecommand*{\@BIBLABEL}{\@biblabel}% + \def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{% + \@skiphyperreftrue + \H@item[% + \ifx\Hy@raisedlink\@empty + \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#2\@extra@b@citeb}% + \@BIBLABEL{#1}% + \hyper@anchorend + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#2\@extra@b@citeb}\hyper@anchorend + }% + \@BIBLABEL{#1}% + \fi + \hfill + ]% + \@skiphyperreffalse + \if@filesw + \begingroup + \let\protect\noexpand + \immediate\write\@auxout{% + \string\bibcite{#2}{#1}% + }% + \endgroup + \fi + \ignorespaces + }% % \end{macrocode} % Since |\bibitem| is doing its own labelling, call the raw % version of |\item|, to avoid extra spurious labels % \begin{macrocode} - \def\@bibitem#1{% - \@skiphyperreftrue\H@item\@skiphyperreffalse - \Hy@raisedlink{% - \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#1\@extra@b@citeb}\relax\hyper@anchorend - }% - \if@filesw - \begingroup - \let\protect\noexpand - \immediate\write\@auxout{% - \string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}% - }% - \endgroup - \fi - \ignorespaces - }% + \def\@bibitem#1{% + \@skiphyperreftrue\H@item\@skiphyperreffalse + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \hyper@anchorstart{cite.#1\@extra@b@citeb}\relax\hyper@anchorend + }% + \if@filesw + \begingroup + \let\protect\noexpand + \immediate\write\@auxout{% + \string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}% + }% + \endgroup + \fi + \ignorespaces + }% + }{}% }{} % \end{macrocode} % @@ -21733,192 +21717,9 @@ % Greek is only loaded if \cs{textBeta} is defined. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\textBeta\@undefined \else -\input{puenc-greekbasic.def} +\input{puenc-greek.def} \fi %</puenc> -%<*pugreek> -% U+0374 GREEK NUMERAL SIGN; numeralsigngreek -\DeclareTextCommand{\textnumeralsigngreek}{PU}{\83\164}% U+0374 -\DeclareTextCommand{\textdexiakeraia}{PU}{\83\164}% U+0374 -% U+0375 GREEK LOWER NUMERAL SIGN; numeralsignlowergreek -\DeclareTextCommand{\textnumeralsignlowergreek}{PU}{\83\165}% U+0375 -\DeclareTextCommand{\textaristerikeraia}{PU}{\83\165}% U+0375 -% U+0386 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS; Alphatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textAlpha}{\83\206}% U+0386 -% U+0388 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS; Epsilontonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textEpsilon}{\83\210}% U+0388 -% U+0389 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS; Etatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textEta}{\83\211}% U+0389 -% U+038A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS; Iotatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textIota}{\83\212}% U+038A -% U+038C GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS; Omicrontonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textOmicron}{\83\214}% U+038C -% U+038E GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS; Upsilontonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textUpsilon}{\83\216}% U+038E -% U+038F GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS; Omegatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textOmega}{\83\217}% U+038F -% U+0390 GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA AND TONOS; -% iotadieresistonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textIotadieresis}{\83\220}% U+0390 -% U+0391 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA; Alpha -\DeclareTextCommand{\textAlpha}{PU}{\83\221}% U+0391 -% U+0392 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA; Beta -\DeclareTextCommand{\textBeta}{PU}{\83\222}% U+0392 -% U+0393 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA; Gamma; \Gamma (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textGamma}{PU}{\83\223}%* U+0393 -% U+0394 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA; Deltagreek, *Delta; \Delta (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textDelta}{PU}{\83\224}%* U+0394 -% U+0395 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON; Epsilon -\DeclareTextCommand{\textEpsilon}{PU}{\83\225}% U+0395 -% U+0396 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA; Zeta -\DeclareTextCommand{\textZeta}{PU}{\83\226}% U+0396 -% U+0397 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA; Eta -\DeclareTextCommand{\textEta}{PU}{\83\227}% U+0397 -% U+0398 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA; Theta; \Theta (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textTheta}{PU}{\83\230}%* U+0398 -% U+0399 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA; Iota -\DeclareTextCommand{\textIota}{PU}{\83\231}% U+0399 -% U+039A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA; Kappa -\DeclareTextCommand{\textKappa}{PU}{\83\232}% U+039A -% U+039B GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA; Lambda; \Lambda (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textLambda}{PU}{\83\233}%* U+039B -% U+039C GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU; Mu -\DeclareTextCommand{\textMu}{PU}{\83\234}% U+039C -% U+039D GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU; Nu -\DeclareTextCommand{\textNu}{PU}{\83\235}% U+039D -% U+039E GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI; Xi; \Xi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textXi}{PU}{\83\236}%* U+039E -% U+039F GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON; Omicron -\DeclareTextCommand{\textOmicron}{PU}{\83\237}% U+039F -% U+03A0 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI; Pi -\DeclareTextCommand{\textPi}{PU}{\83\240}%* U+03A0 -% U+03A1 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO; Rho -\DeclareTextCommand{\textRho}{PU}{\83\241}% U+03A1 -% U+03A3 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA; Sigma; \Sigma (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textSigma}{PU}{\83\243}%* U+03A3 -% U+03A4 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU; Tau -\DeclareTextCommand{\textTau}{PU}{\83\244}% U+03A4 -% U+03A5 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON; Upsilon; \Upsilon (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textUpsilon}{PU}{\83\245}%* U+03A5 -% U+03A6 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI; Phi; \Phi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textPhi}{PU}{\83\246}%* U+03A6 -% U+03A7 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI; Chi -\DeclareTextCommand{\textChi}{PU}{\83\247}% U+03A7 -% U+03A8 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI; Psi; \Psi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textPsi}{PU}{\83\250}%* U+03A8 -% U+03A9 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA; Omegagreek, *Omega; -% \Omega (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textOmega}{PU}{\83\251}%* U+03A9 -% U+03AA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA; Iotadieresis -\DeclareTextCommand{\textIotadieresis}{PU}{\83\252}% U+03AA -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textIota}{\83\252}% U+03AA -% U+03AB GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA; Upsilondieresis -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textUpsilon}{\83\253}% U+03AB -% U+03AC GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS; alphatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textalpha}{\83\254}%* U+03AC -% U+03AD GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS; epsilontonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textepsilon}{\83\255}% U+03AD -% U+03AE GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS; etatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\texteta}{\83\256}% U+03AE -% U+03AF GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS; iotatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textiota}{\83\257}% U+03AF -% U+03B0 GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA -% AND TONOS; upsilondieresisto -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textupsilonacute}{\83\260}% U+03B0 -% U+03B1 GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA; alpha; \alpha (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textalpha}{PU}{\83\261}%* U+03B1 -% U+03B2 GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA; beta; \beta (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textbeta}{PU}{\83\262}%* U+03B2 -% U+03B3 GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA; gamma; \gamma (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textgamma}{PU}{\83\263}%* U+03B3 -% U+03B4 GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA; delta; \delta (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textdelta}{PU}{\83\264}%* U+03B4 -% U+03B5 GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON; epsilon; \epsilon (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textepsilon}{PU}{\83\265}%* U+03B5 -% U+03B6 GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA; zeta; \zeta (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textzeta}{PU}{\83\266}%* U+03B6 -% U+03B7 GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA; eta; \eta (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\texteta}{PU}{\83\267}%* U+03B7 -% U+03B8 GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA; theta; \theta (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\texttheta}{PU}{\83\270}%* U+03B8 -% U+03B9 GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA; iota; \iota (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textiota}{PU}{\83\271}%* U+03B9 -% U+03BA GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA; kappa; \kappa (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textkappa}{PU}{\83\272}%* U+03BA -% U+03BB GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA; lambda; \lambda (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textlambda}{PU}{\83\273}%* U+03BB -% U+03BC GREEK SMALL LETTER MU; mugreek, *mu; \mu (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textmugreek}{PU}{\83\274}%* U+03BC -% U+03BD GREEK SMALL LETTER NU; nu; \nu (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textnu}{PU}{\83\275}%* U+03BD -% U+03BE GREEK SMALL LETTER XI; xi; \xi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textxi}{PU}{\83\276}%* U+03BE -% U+03BF GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON; omicron -\DeclareTextCommand{\textomicron}{PU}{\83\277}% U+03BF -% U+03C0 GREEK SMALL LETTER PI; pi; \pi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textpi}{PU}{\83\300}%* U+03C0 -% U+03C1 GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO; rho; \rho (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textrho}{PU}{\83\301}%* U+03C1 -% U+03C2 GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA; *sigma1, sigmafinal -\DeclareTextCommand{\textvarsigma}{PU}{\83\302}%* U+03C2 -% U+03C3 GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA; sigma; \sigma (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textsigma}{PU}{\83\303}%* U+03C3 -% U+03C4 GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU; tau; \tau (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\texttau}{PU}{\83\304}%* U+03C4 -% U+03C5 GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON; upsilon; \upsilon (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textupsilon}{PU}{\83\305}%* U+03C5 -% U+03C6 GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI; phi; \phi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textphi}{PU}{\83\306}%* U+03C6 -% U+03C7 GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI; chi; \chi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textchi}{PU}{\83\307}%* U+03C7 -% U+03C8 GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI; psi; \psi (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textpsi}{PU}{\83\310}%* U+03C8 -% U+03C9 GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA; omega; \omega (LaTeX) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textomega}{PU}{\83\311}%* U+03C9 -% U+03CA GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA; iotadieresis -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textiota}{\83\312}% U+03CA -% U+03CB GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA; upsilondieresis -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\"}{PU}{\textupsilon}{\83\313}% U+03CB -% U+03CC GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS; omicrontonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textomicron}{\83\314}% U+03CC -% U+03CD GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS; upsilontonos -\DeclareTextCommand{\textupsilonacute}{PU}{\83\315}% U+03CD -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textupsilon}{\83\315}% U+03CD -% U+03CE GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS; omegatonos -\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{PU}{\textomega}{\83\316}% U+03CE -% U+03D8 GREEK LETTER ARCHAIC KOPPA; -\DeclareTextCommand{\textQoppa}{PU}{\83\330}% U+03D8 -% U+03D9 GREEK SMALL LETTER ARCHAIC KOPPA; -\DeclareTextCommand{\textqoppa}{PU}{\83\331}% U+03D9 -% U+03DA GREEK LETTER STIGMA; Stigmagreek -\DeclareTextCommand{\textStigmagreek}{PU}{\83\332}% U+03DA -\DeclareTextCommand{\textStigma}{PU}{\83\332}% U+03DA -% U+03DB GREEK SMALL LETTER STIGMA -\DeclareTextCommand{\textstigmagreek}{PU}{\83\333}% U+03DB -\DeclareTextCommand{\textstigma}{PU}{\83\333}% U+03DB -% U+03DC GREEK LETTER DIGAMMA; Digammagreek -\DeclareTextCommand{\textDigammagreek}{PU}{\83\334}% U+03DC -\DeclareTextCommand{\textDigamma}{PU}{\83\334}% U+03DC -% U+03DD GREEK SMALL LETTER DIGAMMA -\DeclareTextCommand{\textdigammagreek}{PU}{\83\335}% U+03DD -\DeclareTextCommand{\textdigamma}{PU}{\83\335}% U+03DD -%* \textdigammagreek -> \digamma (AmS) -% U+03DE GREEK LETTER KOPPA; Koppagreek -\DeclareTextCommand{\textKoppa}{PU}{\83\336}% U+03DE -\DeclareTextCommand{\textKoppagreek}{PU}{\83\336}% U+03DE -% U+03DF GREEK SMALL LETTER KOPPA -\DeclareTextCommand{\textkoppa}{PU}{\83\337}% U+03DF -\DeclareTextCommand{\textkoppagreek}{PU}{\83\337}% U+03DF -% U+03E0 GREEK LETTER SAMPI; Sampigreek -\DeclareTextCommand{\textSampigreek}{PU}{\83\340}% U+03E0 -\DeclareTextCommand{\textSampi}{PU}{\83\340}% U+03E0 -% U+03E1 GREEK SMALL LETTER SAMPI -\DeclareTextCommand{\textsampigreek}{PU}{\83\341}% U+03E1 -\DeclareTextCommand{\textsampi}{PU}{\83\341}% U+03E1 -% U+03F6 GREEK REVERSED LUNATE EPSILON SYMBOL; -% \backepsilon (AmS) -\DeclareTextCommand{\textbackepsilon}{PU}{\83\366}% U+03F6 -%</pugreek> % \end{macrocode} % % \subsubsection{Cyrillic: U+0400 to U+04FF} @@ -25515,6 +25316,42 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*psdextra> \Hy@VersionCheck{psdextra.def} +\DeclareTextCommand{\textGamma}{PU}{\83\223}%* U+0393 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textDelta}{PU}{\83\224}%* U+0394 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textTheta}{PU}{\83\230}%* U+0398 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textLambda}{PU}{\83\233}%* U+039B +\DeclareTextCommand{\textXi}{PU}{\83\236}%* U+039E +\DeclareTextCommand{\textPi}{PU}{\83\240}%* U+03A0 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textSigma}{PU}{\83\243}%* U+03A3 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textUpsilon}{PU}{\83\245}%* U+03A5 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textPhi}{PU}{\83\246}%* U+03A6 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textChi}{PU}{\83\247}% U+03A7 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textPsi}{PU}{\83\250}%* U+03A8 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textOmega}{PU}{\83\251}%* U+03A9 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textalpha}{PU}{\83\261}%* U+03B1 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textbeta}{PU}{\83\262}%* U+03B2 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textgamma}{PU}{\83\263}%* U+03B3 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textdelta}{PU}{\83\264}%* U+03B4 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textepsilon}{PU}{\83\265}%* U+03B5 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textzeta}{PU}{\83\266}%* U+03B6 +\DeclareTextCommand{\texteta}{PU}{\83\267}%* U+03B7 +\DeclareTextCommand{\texttheta}{PU}{\83\270}%* U+03B8 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textiota}{PU}{\83\271}%* U+03B9 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textkappa}{PU}{\83\272}%* U+03BA +\DeclareTextCommand{\textlambda}{PU}{\83\273}%* U+03BB +\DeclareTextCommand{\textmugreek}{PU}{\83\274}%* U+03BC +\DeclareTextCommand{\textnu}{PU}{\83\275}%* U+03BD +\DeclareTextCommand{\textxi}{PU}{\83\276}%* U+03BE +\DeclareTextCommand{\textpi}{PU}{\83\300}%* U+03C0 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textrho}{PU}{\83\301}%* U+03C1 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textvarsigma}{PU}{\83\302}%* U+03C2 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textsigma}{PU}{\83\303}%* U+03C3 +\DeclareTextCommand{\texttau}{PU}{\83\304}%* U+03C4 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textupsilon}{PU}{\83\305}%* U+03C5 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textphi}{PU}{\83\306}%* U+03C6 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textchi}{PU}{\83\307}%* U+03C7 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textpsi}{PU}{\83\310}%* U+03C8 +\DeclareTextCommand{\textomega}{PU}{\83\311}%* U+03C9 \newcommand*{\psdmapshortnames}{% \let\MVPlus\textMVPlus \let\MVComma\textMVComma diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins index 263d0ef7c0..130c1c13e2 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.ins @@ -114,7 +114,6 @@ given in the file `manifest.txt'. \file{hxetex.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{xetex,pdfform,outlines}} \file{pd1enc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{pd1enc}} \file{puenc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puenc}} - \file{puenc-greekbasic.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{pugreek}} \file{puenc-extra.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puextra}} \file{puvnenc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puvnenc}} \file{puarenc.def}{\from{hyperref.dtx}{puarenc}} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx index 2baa4bb114..e370a40fe1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/nameref.dtx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{nameref.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{nameref.dtx} - [2022-05-17 v2.50 Cross-referencing by name of section]% + [2023-05-16 v2.51 Cross-referencing by name of section]% % % % \iffalse @@ -220,7 +220,8 @@ \RequirePackage{ltxcmds}[2009/12/12] % \end{macrocode} % -% We redefine |\label| so that it also writes the name of the +% In formats older than 2023-06-01 +% we redefine |\label| so that it also writes the name of the % current section to the .aux file; if the name ends in a dot, % we zap it. To allow for the \xpackage{hyperref} package, also write % fourth and fifth fields (empty by default; @@ -269,57 +270,72 @@ \endgroup }{} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\label@hook} +% Starting with LaTeX 2023-06-01 it is not longer needed to +% redefine \cs{label} as the kernel provides a hook and +% stores \cs{@currentlabelname}. We still support +% \cs{label@hook} for now as it is used below in \cs{slabel} +% and also in hyperref. % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*{\label@hook}{} \ltx@GlobalAppendToMacro{\label@hook}{% - \NR@sanitize@labelname -} + \NR@sanitize@labelname + } +\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2023-06-01} + { + \AddToHookWithArguments{label}{\def\label@name{#1}\label@hook} + } + { + % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\label} % \begin{macrocode} -\def\label#1{% - \@bsphack - \begingroup - \def\label@name{#1}% - \label@hook - \protected@write\@auxout{}{% - \string\newlabel{#1}{% - {\@currentlabel}% - {\thepage}% - {\@currentlabelname}% - {\@currentHref}{}% - }% - }% - \endgroup - \@esphack -}% -\ifNR@showkeys - \def\label#1{% - \@bsphack - \SK@\SK@@label{#1}% - \begingroup - \def\label@name{#1}% - \label@hook - \protected@write\@auxout{}{% - \string\newlabel{#1}{% - {\@currentlabel}% - {\thepage}% - {\@currentlabelname}% - {\@currentHref}{}% + \def\label#1{% + \@bsphack + \begingroup + \def\label@name{#1}% + \label@hook + \protected@write\@auxout{}{% + \string\newlabel{#1}{% + {\@currentlabel}% + {\thepage}% + {\@currentlabelname}% + {\@currentHref}{}% + }% }% + \endgroup + \@esphack + }% + \ifNR@showkeys + \def\label#1{% + \@bsphack + \SK@\SK@@label{#1}% + \begingroup + \def\label@name{#1}% + \label@hook + \protected@write\@auxout{}{% + \string\newlabel{#1}{% + {\@currentlabel}% + {\thepage}% + {\@currentlabelname}% + {\@currentHref}{}% + }% + }% + \endgroup + \@esphack }% - \endgroup - \@esphack - }% -\fi + \fi + } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\ltx@label} +% Starting with LaTeX 2023-06-01 it is not longer needed to update the +% amsmath command \cs{ltx@label} as nameref no longer changes \cs{label} % \begin{macrocode} -\let\ltx@label\label +\@ifl@t@r\fmtversion{2023-06-01} + {}{\let\ltx@label\label} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % Needed for the \emph{subeqnarray} package. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty index b7871a4336..6235a941b2 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty @@ -16,18 +16,14 @@ %% which must be somewhere on TeX's input path. %% Some packages (eg hyperref) really need to know the location of the %% final document rather than the aux file. By default this is assumed -%% to be `document.dvi'. A package may redefine the command \XR@ext to -%% change this default extension (eg some of the hyperref backends -%% define this to be `document.pdf'). However sometimes the final +%% to be `document.pdf'. A package may redefine the command \XR@ext to +%% change this default extension. However sometimes the final %% document may be in a position unrelated to the aux file, or the %% browser may not be able to find files at an arbitrary point in %% TeX's input path, so the new final optional argument allows a full %% URL to the final document to be specified. %% -%% \externaldocument{file}[http://here.xxx.edu/this/path/to/file.dvi] -%% -%% Unless a package redefines \XR@addfile, the optional URL argument -%% will be ignored. +%% \externaldocument{file}[http://here.xxx.edu/this/path/to/file.pdf] %% %% Version beta2 also added another improvement unrelated %% to the hyperref support. Olivier Michel pointed out that @@ -61,7 +57,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{xr-hyper} - [2023-04-22 v7.00x eXternal References (DPC)] + [2023-05-16 v7.00y eXternal References (DPC)] \def\externaldocument{\@testopt\XR@cite{}} \let\externalcitedocument\externaldocument @@ -77,6 +73,7 @@ \else \let\XR@bibcite\bibcite \fi + \def\XR@useURL{}% \def\XR@URL{#4}% \filename@parse{#3}% \XR@next#3.aux\relax\\}} @@ -92,6 +89,19 @@ \long\def\@secondofthree#1#2#3{#2} \long\def\@thirdofthree #1#2#3{#3} +% 2023-05-13 we need to handle \newlabel's with two arguments differently +% to \newlabel's with five argument. For this we make use of +% XR@addURL: +\def\XR@addURL#1{\XR@@dURL#1{}{}{}{}\\} +\def\XR@@dURL#1#2#3#4#5\\{% + {#1}{#2}% + \if!#4!% + {#3}{#4}{}% new perhaps this could use \XR@URL too? + \else + {#3}{#4}{\XR@useURL}% + \fi + }% + \def\XR@explist{\expandafter\XR@next\XR@list\\} \def\XR@loop#1{% \openin\@inputcheck#1\relax @@ -100,18 +110,18 @@ \expandafter\XR@aux \else \PackageInfo{xr}{IMPORTING LABELS FROM #1}% + \let\XR@testnewlabel\XR@testnewlabel@aux \expandafter\XR@read\fi} \def\XR@read{% \read\@inputcheck to\XR@line \expandafter\XR@test\XR@line...\XR@} % 2019 update to match xr -% 2020 don't extend r@-arguments if hyperref has been detected in the source -% newlabel has already the right number of arguments -\def\XR@HYPcompargs{{}{}{}} \long\def\XR@test#1#2#3#4\XR@{% \let\XR@tempa\@gobblethree +% we set the file name only if the target has actually destinations. +% for this we test if hyperref has been used. \ifx#1\HyperFirstAtBeginDocument - \def\XR@HYPcompargs{}% + \let\XR@useURL\XR@URL \fi \ifx#1\newlabel \let\XR@tempa\@firstofthree @@ -121,32 +131,16 @@ \let\XR@tempa\@thirdofthree \fi\fi\fi \XR@tempa - {\expandafter\protected@xdef\csname r@\XR@prefix#2\endcsname{\XR@addURL{#3}\XR@HYPcompargs}}% + {% + \expandafter\protected@xdef\csname r@\XR@prefix#2\endcsname{\XR@addURL{#3}}% + }% {\expandafter\bibcite\expandafter{\XR@prefix#2}{#3}}% {\edef\XR@list{\XR@list\filename@area#2\relax}}% \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\XR@aux \else\expandafter\XR@read\fi} -\providecommand*{\XR@addURL}[1]{#1} -% The above definition doesn't actually use the URL, hyperref 6 could -% make a definition like so to put the URL in the fifth field of its -% ref structure. - -\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{% - \PackageWarningNoLine{xr-hyper}{Load package `hyperref' after `xr-hyper'}% -}{} -%\def\XR@addURL#1{\XR@@dURL#1{}{}{}{}\\} - -%\def\XR@@dURL#1#2#3#4#5\\{% -% {#1}{#2}% -% \if!#4!% -% \else -% {#3}{#4}{\XR@URL}% -% \fi -%} - -\providecommand\XR@ext{dvi} +\providecommand\XR@ext{pdf} \endinput %% @@ -169,4 +163,8 @@ %% 2020-05-14 v7.00e %% add additional braces to \r@ only if hyperref is not detected in the aux %% of the source document (https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues/118) -%% +%% +%% 2023-05-15 v.7.00z +%% unified and simplified the brace handling: all defined references have now +%% five brace groups. Together with the planed change in LaTeX 2023-06-01 this +%% will improve the combination of hyperref/non-hyperref documents. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/README.md index c5aeafbc16..27ad94a6f1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/README.md +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/README.md @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# MSU Thesis Class Version 4.1 2023/05/18 +# MSU Thesis Class Version 4.1b 2023/05/25 Copyright 2011-2023 by Alan Munn <amunn@msu.edu> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/docs/msu-thesis.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/docs/msu-thesis.tex index 48701cf2d8..cc84029d9b 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/docs/msu-thesis.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/docs/msu-thesis.tex @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ \documentclass[11pt]{article} -\def\msuversion{4.1} -\def\msudate{2023/05/18} +\def\msuversion{4.1b} +\def\msudate{2023/05/25} \title{\textbf{Using the MSU Thesis Class}} \author{\textbf{Alan Munn}\\Department of Linguistics, Languages, and Cultures\\Michigan State University\\\texttt{\href{mailto:amunn@msu.edu}{amunn@msu.edu}}} \date{Version \msuversion\\\msudate} @@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ showstringspaces=false, breaklines=true, breakautoindent=true, - frame=single - captionpos=t + frame=tl, language=TeX } @@ -121,7 +120,8 @@ In addition to all the user functionality defined by \pkg{memoir}, the \pkg{msu- {\bs makededicationpage} & Creates the dedication page.\\ %{\bs makebibliographypage} & Creates the bibliography cover page.\\ {\{abbreviations\}} & Environment for the List of Abbreviations \\ -{msutocdeph} & Counter for setting the TOC depth. Default is 1 (sections+chapters). Set this to 0 to use the simplified (chapters only) format that the thesis office suggests but doesn’t require.\\ +{\bs abbrev\{\}\{\}} & add an abbreviation to the list of abbreviations\\ +{msutocdepth} & Counter for setting the TOC depth. Default is 1 (sections+chapters). Set this to 0 to use the simplified (chapters only) format that the thesis office suggests but doesn’t require.\\ \bottomrule \end{tabularx} \caption{Class titling commands} @@ -132,6 +132,7 @@ In addition to all the user functionality defined by \pkg{memoir}, the \pkg{msu- \begin{tabularx}{.8\textwidth}{>{\ttfamily}lX} \toprule {\bs msucaptiondelim} & Delimiter for floating elements (see section \ref{captiondelim}).\\ +{\bs msutocdelim} & Delimiter for table of contents chapter/section titles.\\ %{\bs setabstractnamespace} & Changes spacing after the name in the abstract (see section \ref{abstractspacing}).\\ \bottomrule \end{tabularx} @@ -199,7 +200,9 @@ The thesis guide suggests that you use a simplified table of contents that lists |\setcounter{msutocdepth}{0}| \end{quote} -\subsubsection{New lists} +\subsubsection{New lists and floats} +Note that the thesis office no longer seems to \emph{require} lists of anything other than the main table of contents. This is another odd decision on their part. If do include a List of Tables and List of Figures and need to add other lists, you can follow the directions here. Note that lists of algorithms require special treatment. See §\ref{algorithms}. + If you are using other kinds of floats such as listings, you should use the Memoir |\newlistof| command to make the relevant list. The class provides a macro |\msucaptiondelim| which can be used to make sure the formatting of the captions in the list-of-X match the setting you have for Figures and Tables. Here is an example of how you would add a listings list. For lists of algorithms, see section \ref{algorithms} below. The following code goes in your preamble: \begin{quote} \begin{lstlisting} @@ -443,7 +446,7 @@ current \pkg{hyperref} code. Thanks also to the following students who have rep problems over the years: Irina Agafonova, Ali Al-jiboory, Abubakr Ayesh, Julian Blank, Dmitriy Bryndin, Greg Christian, Kyle Crayne, Ciaron Hamilton, Matt Husband, Changkuk Jung, Claire Kopenhafer, Adam Liter, Vanessa Maldonado, Ben Miller, William Muir, Eureka -Pai, Alicia Parrish, Neil ver Planck, Nick Rekuski, Giacomo Romanini, William Sands, Adam +Pai, Alicia Parrish, Neil ver Planck, Taha Posos, Nick Rekuski, Giacomo Romanini, William Sands, Adam Soliman, Erik Stitt, Eremey Valetov, Matthew Vincent, Michael Wojcik, Stephen Yowono, Ali Zare, and Yisu Zhou. A special thank you to Non Thongprong who graciously provided a copy of his entire thesis which allowed me to debug some especially subtle spacing diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.cls index 35dcb3c4f9..2b782988a3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.cls +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.cls @@ -180,12 +180,15 @@ % moment. % Version 4.0 2022/12/13 First version to conform to the updated requirements (September 2022) % Version 4.0b 2022/12/15 Made box for degree name larger -% Version 4.1 2023/05/18 Added msutocdepth to allow minimal chapters only TOC +% Version 4.1 2023/05/18 Added msutocdepth to allow minimal chapters only TOC +% Version 4.1b 2023/05/25 Removed stupid contents colon; fixed template file to actually +% reflect the current version of the class; reinstituted spacing +% after chapter titles. % % Report bugs/problems/questions to <amunn@msu.edu> % -\def\msu@version{4.1} -\def\msu@date{2023/05/18} +\def\msu@version{4.1b} +\def\msu@date{2023/05/25} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesClass{msu-thesis}[\msu@date\space Michigan State University Thesis Class version \msu@version] \newif\ifmsu@dissertation\msu@dissertationtrue % added v2.7 boolean for \msu@thesistype @@ -324,7 +327,7 @@ % set up the chapter titles \chapterstyle{thatcher} \setlength{\beforechapskip}{-1sp}% changed 2020/12/17 Need negative value to suppress indentation -\setlength{\afterchapskip}{0pt} % changed 2017/05/03 because of thesis office complaints; changed again for v4 since now they want "uniform" space +\setlength{\afterchapskip}{\onelineskip} % changed 2017/05/03 because of thesis office complaints; changed again for v4 since now they want "uniform" space % changed again 4.1 \renewcommand*{\chapnamefont}{\centering\bfseries} \renewcommand*{\chapnumfont}{\bfseries} \renewcommand*{\chaptitlefont}{\SingleSpacing\bfseries} @@ -644,7 +647,7 @@ % Make the caption delimiter a space instead of colon space so that the % contents lists don't look so stupid. Can be changed if necessary. \newcommand*\msucaptiondelim{\space} -\newcommand*\msutocdelim{:} +\newcommand*\msutocdelim{} % removed idiotic colon 5/25/23 \captiondelim{\msucaptiondelim} \pagestyle{plain} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.pdf Binary files differindex 0e4d61d51c..a02826a93a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/msu-thesis.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-chapterbib-testfile.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-chapterbib-testfile.pdf Binary files differindex 314819f5f8..c743e6786a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-chapterbib-testfile.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-chapterbib-testfile.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.pdf Binary files differindex 6a6d87acd1..304f9b7b0d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.tex index 5baa21732d..eb0b2e2b83 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-template.tex @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ % This is a template for use with the MSU Thesis class -% Version 4.1 2023/05/18 +% Version 4.1b 2023/05/25 % % Class options: %[PhD] Doctor of Philosophy (default) @@ -108,18 +108,18 @@ Your acknowledgements here. %\clearpage %\listoffigures % comment this out if you have no figures % -% If you have a Key to Abbreviations/symbols you would add each abbreviation in its display order -% using as in the following examples: -\msuabbrev{ASU}{Arizona State University} -\msuabbrev{MIT}{Massachusetts Institute of Technology} -\msuabbrev{MSU}{Michigan State University} -% Then issue a \clearpage and print the list -\clearpage -\listofabbreviations -% Comment out the code above if you have no abbreviations -% See the documentation if you need to change the width or format of the abbreviation column - +% If you have a Key to Abbreviations/symbols you would add each abbreviation in its +% display order using as in the following examples: +\begin{abbreviations} +\abbrev{ASU}{Arizona State University} +\abbrev{MIT}{Massachusetts Institute of Technology} +\abbrev{MSU}{Michigan State University} +\end{abbreviations} +% Comment out the code above if you have no abbreviations. See the class documentation +% for information on how to change the formatting of the lists. % See the class documentation and the Memoir manual for how to create other lists +% Note that the thesis office no longer seems to require these lists at all, but +% you are still allowed to have them. % % If you are using an algorithm formatting package (e.g. algorithmicx or algorithm2e) % please read the class documentation carefully on how to use these packages with the class @@ -127,10 +127,6 @@ Your acknowledgements here. % \mainmatter % -% The next line removes the dots in chapter headings in the TOC -% May violate thesis office rules -%\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\renewcommand{\protect\cftchapterdotsep} {\cftnodots}} - % ALL documents using this class must have \chapter divisions % If you are using it for an MA/MS thesis you still need to have chapters, even if they are very small. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.pdf Binary files differindex 28628d5403..effe1be1fe 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.tex index 68851f93cf..a6af9efbd8 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/msu-thesis/samples/MSU-thesis-testfile.tex @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ % !TEX TS-program = pdflatexmk -% v3.0 Testfile +% v4.1b Testfile \listfiles \documentclass[lscape]{msu-thesis} @@ -28,10 +28,6 @@ \usepackage{enumitem} \usepackage[unit=in]{fgruler} \usepackage{gb4e} -\makeatletter -%\setlength\textfloatsep{20\p@ \@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@} -\makeatother -\setlength{\cftchapternumwidth}{1.5em} \counterwithin{exx}{chapter} \singlegloss @@ -77,12 +73,11 @@ %\listoffigures \clearpage %\listoflistings -% Add all the abbreviations here in their sorted order using \msuabbrev +% Add all the abbreviations here in their sorted order using \abbrev \begin{abbreviations} \abbrev{ASA}{A small abbreviation} \abbrev{ABA}{An abbreviation with an explanation so long that the explanation should wrap to the next line and align properly with the previous line} \end{abbreviations} -% Then print the list \mainmatter % The next command changes chapters in the TOC to have no dotted leader %\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\renewcommand{\protect\cftchapterdotsep}{\cftnodots}} |